Service Manual - Southeastern Equipment and Supply, Inc.

Service Manual - Southeastern Equipment and Supply, Inc.
Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100 S/SC EcoFlex™, BR 1300 S/SC EcoFlex™
Service Manual
Advance Models:
56381032 (X4030D-EcoFlex) 56381033 (X4030C-EcoFlex w/Side Broom) 56381034 (X4530D-EcoFlex) 56381035 (X4530C-EcoFlex w/Side Broom) 56381036 (X4830D-EcoFlex)
56381037 (X4830C-EcoFlex w/Side Broom)
56381043 (X4030C-EcoFlex w/o Side Broom)
56381044 (X4530C-EcoFlex w/o Side Broom)
56381045 (X4830C-EcoFlex w/o Side Broom)
Nilfisk Models:
56413006 (BR1000 S EcoFlex w/o Side Broom) 56413007 (BR1000 S C EcoFlex w/Side Broom)
56413010 (BR1300 S EcoFlex w/o Side Broom) 56413011 (BR1300 S C EcoFlex w/Side Broom)
English
7/11 Revised 11/13 Form No. 56043154
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Contents
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Parts and Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Transporting the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Other Manuals Available for Your Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Electronic Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Caution and Warning Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
General Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Emergency-stop Switch/Battery Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
General Specifications Common to All Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Specifications Common to Deck Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Machine Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Major Machine Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Switch and Button Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Control Panel Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Control Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Caution Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Maintenance After Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Machine Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Chassis System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Major Chassis Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
A2 Control Board Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
A3 Switch/Display Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Control System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Main Control Programming Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Fault Recall Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
To Select the Battery Used in the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
To Restore the Scrub Pressures to the Factory Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . 32
To Enable/Disable the Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
To Display the Control Board Revision Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Monitor Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Scrub Deck Down Time Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Normal (Light) Scrub Setting Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Heavy Scrub Setting Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Extreme Scrub Setting Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Scrub Speed Switch Lockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Detergent System Selection Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EcoFlex™ Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vacuum Motor Configuration Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recovery Tank Full Detection Enable/Disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solution Flow in Reverse Enable/Disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indicator LED Intensity Selection Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detergent and Solution Pump Purge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Method 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Method 2 (as described in the Instructions for Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Broom Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Broom Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Enter the Service Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Test Mode Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Panel Switch and Button Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error Indicator and Error Code Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A2 Control Board Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A2 Control Board Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EcoFlex PCB Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
37
38
38
38
39
39
40
40
40
40
41
41
42
42
42
42
44
44
45
51
51
52
53
53
56
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Condor EcoFlex™ Ladder Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Low-voltage Cut-out Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Battery Condition Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Battery Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Maintenance and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Wet-cell Battery Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Checking the Battery Water Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Charging Wet-cell Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
To Charge the Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
When Servicing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Battery Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
General Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
To Install the Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brush Selector Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4030D Pad Holders and Disc Brushes (two required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4030C Cylindrical Brushes and Side Brooms (two of each required) . . . . . . . . .
4530D Pad Holders and Disc Brushes (three required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4530C Cylindrical Brushes and Side Brooms (two of each required) . . . . . . . . .
4830D Pad Holders and Disc Brushes (three required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4830C Cylindrical Brushes and Side Brooms (two of each required) . . . . . . . . .
4030C/D Squeegee Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4530C/D Squeegee Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
65
65
65
65
66
66
66
67
67
67
3
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
4830C/D Squeegee Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batteries and Chargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deck Kits (includes deck and squeegee, brushes sold separately) . . . . . . . . . .
Extended Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
68
68
69
69
69
Recovery System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Recovery Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Vacuum Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Squeegee and Squeegee Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Float Cage and Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Recovery System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Vacuum Motor and Vacuum Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Top Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Float Cage and Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Recovery Tank Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Squeegee and Drain Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
To Inspect and Clean the Vacuum Filter and Inlet Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
To Inspect and Clean the Vacuum Motor Float Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Recovery Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Vacuum Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Scrub System, Cylindrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cylindrical Scrub System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Scrub System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Daily Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weekly Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monthly Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scrub Brush Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lift Actuator Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Actuator Power Cord Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Nut Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Skirt Replacement and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scrub Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scrub Brush Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scrub Deck Lift Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scrub Brush Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81
81
81
81
82
83
83
83
83
84
84
84
85
85
86
88
90
92
92
93
95
96
97
97
Scrub System, Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
4
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Disc Scrub System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Maintenance and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Lift Actuator Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Using the Actuator Power Cord Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Drive Nut Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Side Skirt Replacement and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Scrub Brush Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Scrub Deck Lift Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Scrub Brush Motor and Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
To Remove and Install a Gearbox Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
To Disassemble and Reassemble a Gearbox Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Solution System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solution Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shutoff Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drain Hose and Hose Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solution Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solution Control Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solution Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solution Manifold (disc decks only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessory Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detergent Tank and Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solution System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solution System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detergent System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessory Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shutoff Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drain Hose and Hose Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solution Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solution Control Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solution Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solution Manifold (disc decks only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessory Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detergent Tank and Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Disassemble and Clean the Solution Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weekly Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Empty and Rinse the Solution Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Clean the Solution Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Clean the Solution Delivery Trough (cylindrical scrub decks only) . . . . .
To Purge the Detergent System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Purge the Detergent System When Changing Detergents . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Program the Detergent Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solution Control Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
113
113
113
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
115
115
115
115
116
116
117
117
117
117
118
118
118
119
119
120
120
120
120
121
121
122
122
122
123
124
124
5
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Contents
Solution Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solution Flow Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
125
126
126
126
Squeegee System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Squeegee System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Squeegee Lift Actuator Reverse Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Reverse or Replace the Rear Squeegee Wiping Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Reverse or Replace the Front Squeegee Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Squeegee Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Adjust the Squeegee Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Adjust the Squeegee Blade Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lift Actuator Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Actuator Power Cord Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actuator Drive Nut Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Squeegee Lift Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
127
127
127
127
127
128
128
129
129
129
130
130
130
131
131
131
132
133
133
134
134
Sweep System, Side Broom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Broom Sweep System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Broom Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lift Actuator Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Actuator Power Cord Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lift Actuator Drive Nut Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Broom Lift Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Broom Gearmotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
135
135
135
135
136
136
137
137
138
138
138
140
141
141
142
143
143
Wheel System, Non-traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Cable Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Cable Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Caliper Pad Wear Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Wheel and Brake Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
144
144
144
144
145
145
146
147
147
148
148
Wheel System, Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
6
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Contents
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Wheel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curtis A1 Speed Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Wheel Steering Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Pedal Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction Wheel System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Wheel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curtis A1 Speed Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Wheel Steering Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Pedal Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interlock Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curtis Speed Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programming Vehicle Speed Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curtis Controller Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics Method A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics Method B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status LED Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Chain Removal and Tensioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Drive Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Spindle and Wheel Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electric Drive Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carbon Motor Brush Inspection and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Potentiometer Removal and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Potentiometer Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Potentiometer Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Potentiometer Installation and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alternate Method for Throttle Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Pedal Neutral Adjustment and Pedal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Adjust the Pedal Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Replace the Pedal or Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation Checkout for the Curtis Speed Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 Speed Controller Pin Key Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 Speed Controller 16-Pin Connector Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speed Control Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
150
150
150
150
151
151
152
152
153
153
153
153
153
153
154
154
154
154
155
155
155
155
156
156
157
159
159
160
161
162
163
164
164
164
165
166
167
167
168
168
170
170
170
171
171
171
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ladder Diagram, Rev. G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagram, Rev. I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detergent (EcoFlex™) System Plumbing Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detergent (EcoFlex™) System Preparation and Purging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations for Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Purge the Detergent System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Purge the Detergent System When Changing Detergents . . . . . . . . . . . .
172
172
173
174
175
176
176
176
176
7
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
8
General Information
Introduction
This manual will help you get the most from your Advance rider scrubber. Read it thoroughly before
servicing the machine.
Revision History
• 11/13
–– General Information - Corrected metric values for Max. Wheel Floor Loading Specifications
–– Control System - Added Programming Options instructions for battery type setting.
Parts and Service
Repairs should be performed by your Authorized Advance Service Center, which employs factory-trained
service personnel and maintains an inventory of Advance original replacement parts and accessories.
Call the Advance dealer named below for repair parts or service. Please specify the Model and Serial
Number when discussing your machine.
Nameplate
The Model Number and Serial Number of your machine
are shown on the machine nameplate. This information
is needed when ordering repair parts for the machine.
Use the space below to note the Model Number and Serial
Number of your machine for future reference.
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Note that the Nameplate is attached to the rear of the
steering column.
Nameplate
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
Transporting the Machine
Caution! Before transporting the machine on an open truck or trailer, make sure that:
• The machine is tied down securely.
• All access doors and covers are secured (tape and strap as needed).
• The battery/batteries are disconnected.
Towing
Caution! If the machine must be towed or pushed, make sure the Master On/Off Key Switch is
in the Off position. Do not move the machine faster than a normal walking pace (2-3
mph, 3-5 kph) and for short distances only.
Note: Disconnecting the wheel drive motor wiring connector will make a disabled machine easier
to push.
Other Manuals Available for Your Machine
Electronic Databases
The manuals listed below can be found on Advance’s electronic supported databases. They are:
• Advance Dealer Customer Zone
• EzParts service / parts CD-ROM
• Nilfisk-Advance website: www.nilfisk-advance.com
Manuals
• Parts List - Form Number 56042467
• Instructions for Use - Form Number 56041986 (English, Spanish)
• Curtis Programmer Manual Number 56043101
9
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
Caution and Warning Symbols
Advance uses the symbols below to signal potentially dangerous conditions. Read this information carefully
and take the necessary steps to protect personnel and property.
Danger! Is used to warn of immediate hazards that will cause severe personal injury or death.
Warning! Is used to call attention to a situation that could cause severe personal injury.
Caution! Is used to call attention to a situation that could cause minor personal injury or
damage to the machine or other property.
Read all instructions before using.
General Safety Instructions
Specific Cautions and Warnings are included to warn you of potential danger of machine damage or bodily
harm.
Warning!
• This machine is to be used only by correctly trained and authorized persons.
• Avoid sudden stops while on ramps or inclines when the tanks are full. Avoid abrupt sharp
turns. Use low speed down hills. Clean only while ascending (driving up) the ramp.
• Keep sparks, flame and smoking materials away from batteries. Explosive gases are vented
during normal operation.
• Charging the batteries produces highly-explosive hydrogen gas. Charge batteries only in
well-ventilated areas, away from open flame. Do not smoke while charging the batteries.
• Remove all jewelry when working near electrical components.
• Turn the key switch off (O) and disconnect the batteries before servicing electrical
components.
• Never work under a machine without safety blocks or stands to support the machine.
• Do not dispense flammable cleaning agents, operate the machine on or near these agents, or
operate in areas where flammable liquids exist.
• Only use the brushes provided with the machine or those specified in the instruction manual.
The use of other brushes may impair safety.
10
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
Caution!
• This machine is not approved for use on public paths or roads.
• This machine is not suitable for picking up hazardous dust.
• Do not use scarifier discs and grinding stones. Advance will not be held responsible for any
damage to floor surfaces caused by scarifiers or grinding stones. (This can also damage the
brush drive system.)
• When operating this machine, ensure that third parties, particularly children, are not
endangered.
• Before performing any service function, carefully read all instructions pertaining to that
function.
• Do not leave the machine unattended without first turning the key switch off (O), removing
the key and applying the parking brake.
• Turn the key switch off (O) and remove the key before changing the brushes, and before
opening any access panels.
• Take precautions to prevent hair, jewelry or loose clothing from becoming caught in moving
parts.
• Use caution when moving this machine in below-freezing temperature conditions. Any
water in the solution, recovery or detergent tanks, or in the hose lines could freeze, causing
damage to valves and fittings. Drain the tanks and purge with windshield washer fluid.
• The batteries must be removed from the machine before the machine is scrapped.
The disposal of the batteries should be done safely and in accordance with your local
environmental regulations.
• Do not use on surfaces having a gradient exceeding that marked on the machine.
• All doors and covers are to be positioned as indicated in the instruction manual before using
the machine.
Caution! Do not pressure-wash the operator control panel, circuit breaker panel or any
electrical areas of the machine.
11
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
Emergency-stop Switch/Battery Disconnect
The Emergency-stop/Battery Disconnect is the red
lever located to the right of the Operator’s seat. In
the event of an emergency, press the Emergencystop/Battery Disconnect in (toward the rear of
the machine) to disconnect the battery from the
machine. This will stop all machine functions.
Emergency-stop/
Battery Disconnect
Save These Instructions
12
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
Technical Specifications
General Specifications Common to All Models
Machine Length
73.5 in. [187 cm]
Machine Height
58.5 in. [148.6 cm]
Machine Height (w/overhead guard
84 in. [213 cm]
Machine Body Width
40 in. [101.6 cm]
Solution Tank Capacity
70 gal. [265 L.]
Recovery Tank Capacity
70 gal. [265 L.]
Sound pressure level as per IEC 60704-1 (at operator)
72 dB(A)
Vibrations at the Hand Controls (ISO 5349-1)
1.12 m/s2
Vibrations at the Seat (EN 1032)
0.35 m/s2
Transport Speed (Fwd. Maximum)
5.5 mph [8.9 kph]
Transport Speed (Rev. Maximum)
4.8 mph [7.7 kph]
Gradeability (Transport)
14.5% / 8°
Gradeability (Working –Scrubbing)
10.5% / 6°
Wheel Drive Motor
1.75 HP, 1300 watt
Vacuum Motor (3 stage)
.75 HP, 560 watt
Vacuum Water Lift for one motor
Vacuum Water Lift for two motors
(Sealed) 68 in.
(Open Hole Adapter 1”) 14 in.
(Sealed) 74 in.
(Open Hole Adapter 1”) 27 in.
Power Source (Batteries)
Battery Weight (395 amp) STD (6) 6 volt @ 20 hour rate
121 lbs. [55 kg]
Battery Weight (450 amp) Opt. (1) Mono-block @ 20 hour rate
919 lbs. [417 kg]
Battery Compartment Size (approximate)
Height (Max.)
19 in. [48.2 cm]
Width (Max.)
20 in. [50.8 cm]
Length (Max.)
31.75 in. [80.6 cm]
Maximum Wheel Floor Loading (Center Front)
116 psi / 8.2 kg/cm2
Maximum Wheel Floor Loading (Left Rear)
86 psi / 6.0 kg/cm2
Maximum Wheel Floor Loading (Right Rear)
81 psi / 5.7 kg/cm2
Battery Chargers – see the Electrical System/Specifications section.
13
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
Specifications Common to Deck Size
Model designations: 40” = Condor 4030 D/C; 45” = Condor 4530 D/C; 48” = Condor 4830 D/C
Machine Width
with Squeegee
40”
45”
48”
English
49 in. “F”
54 in. “G”
57 in. “H”
Metric
78 cm “F”
87 cm “G”
91 cm “H”
(2) 20 in. [50.8 cm]
(3) 16 in. [40.6 cm]
(3) 17 in. [43 cm]
8.5 in. [21.6 cm]
8.5 in. [21.6 cm]
8.5 in. [21.6 cm]
38.37 in. [97.4 cm]
43.62 in. [110.8 cm]
46.62 in. [118.4 cm]
(1) 3.0 HP
2240 watts
(3) 1.5 HP
1120 watts
(3) 1.5 HP
1120 watts
Scrub Brush Size
Brush Diameter - Disc
Outside Scrub Brush Diameter Cylindrical (inside core is 5 in.)
Scrub Brush Length (two per
machine)
Scrub Brush
Motors
Scrub Brush
Speed
Disc
Cylindrical
All Cylindrical Models use (2) 1.5 HP 1120 watts -
Disc
240 RPM
225 RPM
225 RPM
Cylindrical
630 RPM
630 RPM
630 RPM
Minimum Aisle Turn Width
84 in. [214 cm]
84 in. [214 cm]
84 in. [214 cm]
Machine Net
Weight*
English
1,845 lbs.
1,845 lbs.
1,845 lbs.
Metric
837 kg
837 kg
837 kg
Machine Gross
Weight**
English
3,545 lbs.
3,545 lbs.
3,545 lbs.
Metric
1608 kg
1608 kg
1608 kg
Cleaning Width
(scrubbing path)
English
40 in.
45 in.
48 in.
Metric
Coverage Rate
Per Hour
101 cm
114 cm
122 cm
English @ 3.5
mph
61,600 ft2
69,300 ft2
73,920 ft2
Metric @ 5.6
kph
5722 m2
6438 m2
6867 m2
*Net Weight: Standard machine without options, empty solution and recovery tanks, without removable
scrub brushes and no batteries installed.
**Gross Weight: Standard machine without options, full solution tank and empty recovery tank, with
removable scrub brushes and 450 AH batteries.
***Listings for watts are maximum values.
14
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Dimensions
General Information
15
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
General Machine Overview
Major Machine Components
Operator’s
Seat
Adjustment
Lever
Recovery
Tank Lid
Solution
Tank Fill
Cover
Control
Panel
Operator’s
Seat
Battery
Compartment
(underneath
recovery tank)
Circuit
Breakers
Machine
Battery
Connector
Steering
Wheel
Tilt/Adjust
Knob
Emergencystop Switch/
Battery
Disconnect
Brake
Pedal/
Parking
Brake
Squeegee
Rear
Wheel
Drive/Steer
Wheel
Scrub
Deck
Side
Access
Panel
Drive Pedal,
Direction/
Speed
16
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Top
Cover
Assembly
General Information
Recovery
Tank
Shutoff
Valve
Squeegee
Vacuum
Hose
Recovery
Tank
Drain Hose
Squeegee
Height
Adjust Knob
Hopper
(cylindrical
models
only)
Squeegee Tilt
Adjust Knob
Solution
Filter
Solution
Shutoff
Valve
Squeegee
Assembly
Solution
Tank
Drain
Hose
Squeegee
Height
Adjust Knob
17
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
Control Panel
Switch and Button Functions
The controls on your rider scrubber were designed with one-touch operation in mind. For single-pass
scrubbing, the user can simply depress one switch and all systems on the machine will be ready to go. For
most single-pass scrubbing operations, the operator should only need to use the middle switches on the
control panel. These are the red Scrub Off and the green Scrub On/Pressure Increase Switches.
Solution
Switch
Horn
Button
Control
Panel
Display
Detergent
Switch
EcoFlex™
Button
Scrub
Off
Switch
Scrub On/
Pressure
Increase
Switch
Vacuum/
Wand
Switch
Side
Broom
On/Down
Switch
Scrub
Speed
Switch
Key
Switch
Traction
Control
Switch
• Key Switch – main power switch; controls the battery input to the machine’s main control board and the
wheel drive speed control.
• Scrub On/Pressure Increase Switch – functions as follows:
If the scrub system is off, pressing this switch once will put the machine into the Auto Scrub mode. The
following will occur:
–– The scrub system will be enabled with the scrub pressure set to the #1 normal setting.
Note: Press the switch twice for #2 heavy scrub setting, and three times for the #3 extreme scrub
setting. Pressing the switch a fourth time will return the system to the normal scrub setting.
–– The scrub deck and squeegee will automatically be lowered. On cylindrical models equipped with side
brooms, the side brooms will be lowered.
–– The vacuum system will be enabled.
–– The solution and detergent systems will be enabled. Note that both the solution and detergent flow
rates will correspond to the selected scrub pressure mode.
–– As soon as the drive pedal is moved from its neutral position, the scrub brushes and side brooms (if
installed) will start turning, and the solution, detergent and vacuum systems will switch on.
18
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
◦◦ If the direction is forward, the solution and detergent flow will also start automatically.
◦◦ If the direction is reverse, the solution and detergent flow will be stopped and the squeegee will be
raised just enough to clear the floor surface.
Note: The solution, vacuum and detergent systems are automatically enabled when the Scrub On
Switch is pressed to put the machine into the Auto Scrub mode. Any individual system can
be toggled off and on by simply pressing the corresponding system switch at any time during
scrubbing.
If the machine is already scrubbing, pressing the Scrub On/Pressure Increase Switch will increase the
scrub pressure to the next higher setting (toggling from regular to heavy, heavy to extreme, then back to
normal). The Scrub Pressure Indicator will show the selected scrub pressure (one, two or three bars) in the
Control Panel Display.
• Scrub Off Switch – Pressing this switch when the machine is in the scrub mode will cause the following to
occur:
–– The scrub brushes will turn off and the scrub deck will be raised to the up position. On cylindrical
models equipped with side brooms, the side brooms will shut off and be raised.
–– The solution and detergent flow will be stopped.
–– Once forward machine motion stops, the vacuum/wand switch indicator light will start to blink. After
a user-programmable time delay, the squeegee will be raised and the vacuum motors will shut off.
Pressing the switch a second time before the vacuum time delay is complete will raise the squeegee
and turn off the vacuum motors immediately.
• Solution Switch – functions as follows:
–– If the scrub system is off, pressing and holding this switch will switch on the solution flow to prewet the floor. The solution flow will stop when the switch is released. Note this must be done prior to
pressing the Scrub On Switch and putting the machine into the Auto Scrub mode.
–– If the machine is in the Auto Scrub mode, pressing this switch will disable the solution system. This is
used if you wish to scrub without adding additional solution to the floor.
–– If the machine is in the Auto Scrub mode, you can use the Solution Switch to actuate the solution flow
override function. This override function allows you to select a different solution flow rate without
changing the scrub pressure. Note that the machine is programmed for two additional higher solution
flow rates plus the three normal default flow rates, for a total of five solution flow rates.
To actuate the solution flow override function, press and hold the Solution Switch for three seconds until
the Solution System Indicator flashes, then release it. You’ll have three seconds to select the desired
solution flow rate by pressing the Solution Switch. The Solution Flow Indicator will show the selected
solution flow rate (one through five bars) in the Control Panel Display. Note that if any scrub pressure
change is made while in the solution override mode, the solution flow will return to its default solution
flow rate.
• Detergent Switch – functions as follows:
–– If the solution system is enabled, pressing this switch will toggle the detergent system off and on.
When the detergent system is on, the detergent pumps will be activated at a specific rate when the
drive pedal is actuated. The detergent pump will turn off when the drive pedal is in neutral or reverse.
–– If the solution system is off, the detergent pump will not turn on.
19
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
• Vacuum/Wand Switch – functions as follows:
–– If the machine is in the Auto Scrub mode, pressing this switch once will raise the squeegee. The
vacuum motors will run for a short time delay, then shut off. If you press the switch twice, the vacuum
motors will shut off immediately. This is used if you wish to double-scrub (scrub without recovering the
solution).
–– If the scrub system is off, the Vacuum/Wand Switch functions differently depending on whether the
seat switch is open (no operator in the seat) or closed (operator in the seat).
◦◦ If the operator is in the seat, pressing the switch will lower the squeegee and switch on the vacuum
motors. When the machine is moved into reverse, the squeegee will be raised, then lowered when
the machine is again moved forward. This mode is used to pickup water from the floor without
scrubbing or adding solution.
◦◦ If the operator is not in the seat, pressing the switch will toggle the vacuum motors on and off
to allow use of the vacuum wand. In this mode, the squeegee will not move up or down and the
recovery tank full indicator is ignored.
• Scrub Speed Switch – When the machine is operating in any one of its scrub settings, the machine’s
travel speed is reduced to 80 percent of the maximum transport speed pre-programmed into the speed
controller. Pressing the Scrub Speed Switch overrides the 80 percent of transport speed limit and increases
the scrub speed to 100 percent of transport speed.
• Traction Control Switch – regulates the drive wheel motor torque to minimize drive wheel slippage and
provide better traction.
• Side Broom On/Down Switch – lowers and raises the side brooms (only functional on cylindrical models
equipped with side brooms). Note that when the scrub system is switched on, the side brooms are lowered
to the same position they were in when the scrub system was last turned off (auto memory operating
position).
Note: You can raise or lower the side broom height to maintain the correct broom contact patterns
and compensate for normal broom wear. Refer to the Sweep System, Side Broom section for
instructions on setting the side broom height.
• EcoFlex™ Button – The EcoFlex™ Button functions differently depending on whether the EcoFlex™ mode is
set to Mode 1 or Mode 2. (Also refer to the Control System/Main Programming Options/ EcoFlex™ Mode
Selection section.) Note that in Mode 1 the detergent concentration is displayed as a ratio. In Mode 2 the
detergent concentration is displayed as a percent.
–– In EcoFlex™ Mode 1, the detergent ratio is preset to 1:400. Pressing the EcoFlex™ Button in Mode 1 will
do the following:
◦◦ The detergent ratio will change to the programmed ratio. (Also refer to the Solution System/
Maintenance and Adjustments/To Program the Detergent Ratio section.)
◦◦ The scrub pressure will increase to the next highest pressure.
◦◦ The solution flow rate will increase to the next highest rate.
After 60 seconds, or after you press the EcoFlex™ Button again, the detergent ratio will revert to 1:400,
and the scrub pressure and solution rate will return to their previous settings.
20
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
–– In EcoFlex™ Mode 2, the default detergent ratio will be the programmed ratio. Pressing the EcoFlex™
Button in Mode 2 will do the following:
◦◦ The detergent concentration will change to the next highest (richest) concentration. For example,
if the programmed concentration is 0.4%, pressing the EcoFlex™ Button will change it to 0.5%. (Also
refer to the Solution System/Maintenance and Adjustments/To Program the Detergent Ratio
section.)
◦◦ The scrub pressure will increase to the next highest pressure.
◦◦ The solution flow rate will increase to the next highest rate.
After 60 seconds, or after you press the EcoFlex™ Button again, the detergent ratio will revert to the
programmed ratio, and the scrub pressure and solution rate will return to their previous settings.
• Horn Button – sounds the horn when pressed.
• Control Panel Display – displays the various icons that indicate scrub pressure, solution flow rate,
detergent ratio, battery charge state and a recovery tank full condition. The display also shows any error
conditions detected by the main control board.
Control Panel Indicators
In general the following guidelines apply to the control panel indicators:
• When the key switch is first turned on all of the blue control panel indicator lights will turn on for one
second for an operational test.
• A blue indicator means that a system is on and running, or has been enabled and is ready to switch on
when the drive pedal is moved into forward or reverse.
• The indicators will be off when the system is disabled or switched off.
• The green EcoFlex™ Indicator will be on when the system is in the low-concentration mode, and flash when
the 60-second burst of power function is active.
Solution
System
Indicator
EcoFlex
Indicator
Vacuum/
Wand
Indicator
Detergent
System
Indicator
Scrub Off
Indicator
Scrub On/
Scrub Mode
Select
Indicators
Side
Broom
On/Down
Indicator
Maximum
Scrub
Speed
Indicator
Traction
Control
Indicator
21
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
• Scrub On/Scrub Mode Select Indicator:
–– The left side indicator will light when the normal scrub mode is selected.
–– The right side indicator will light when the heavy scrub mode is selected.
–– Both the right and left indictors will light when the extreme scrub mode is selected.
–– Both the right and left indictors will be off when the scrub system is off.
• Scrub Off Indicator:
–– The indicator will light to indicate that the scrub system is off and is ready to be activated.
–– The indicator will be off when the scrub system is enabled and/or switched on.
• Solution System Indicator:
–– The indicator will light when the solution system is enabled and/or is switched on.
–– The indicator will be off when the solution system is off.
–– The indicator will flash when the solution tank (liquid level) float switch senses a low solution level.
• Detergent System Indicator:
–– The indicator will light when the detergent system is enabled and/or is switched on.
–– The indicator will be off when the detergent system is off.
Note: The control board automatically recognizes that the machine has an operational detergent
system through its wiring harness connection.
• Vacuum/Wand Indicator:
–– The indicator will light when the vacuum system is enabled and/or is switched on.
–– The indicator will be off when the vacuum system is off.
–– The indicator will flash when the vacuum system is operating in the time delay shutdown mode
(normally five to 10 seconds).
• Maximum Scrub Speed Indicator:
–– The indicator will light when the maximum 100% transport speed during scrubbing is enabled.
–– The indicator will be off when normal scrub speed is enabled.
• Traction Control Indicator:
–– The indicator will light when the traction control mode is enabled.
–– The indicator will be off when the traction control mode is disabled.
22
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
• Side Broom On/Down Indicator:
–– The indicator will be on when the side brooms are in the down working position, enabled and switched
on.
–– The indicator will be off when the scrub system is switched off and the brooms are in the raised
position.
• EcoFlex Indicator:
–– The (green) indicator will be on when the EcoFlex™ low-concentration detergent mode is enabled.
–– The (green) indicator will flash when the EcoFlex™ burst of power mode is enabled.
–– The (green) indicator will be off when the EcoFlex™ full-concentration detergent mode is enabled.
Note: When the recovery tank becomes full (when in the auto scrub mode), the vacuum motors and
all other systems shut off except the drive motor. The LCD on the dash panel will display the
full tank icon.
Control Panel Display
The control panel display is a liquid
crystal display (LCD) that shows the
hour meter, battery charge indicator,
solution flow rate and scrub pressure.
If the detergent system is enabled, the
display will also show the detergent
system indicator and the current
detergent/solution ratio.
If an A2 Control Board error occurs,
the display will show a wrench icon
to indicate an error, and display a
two-digit error code number. If more
than one error exists, the display will
sequence through the error codes at
one-second intervals. (Refer to the
Control System section for a list of the
A2 Control Board error codes.)
Detergent
System
Indicator
Hour
Meter
Error
Indicator
Battery
Indicator
Ø.4 Ratio
29
Error
Code
Number
Regular
Solution
Flow
Heavy
Solution
Flow
Extreme
Solution
Flow
Caution Displays
If the recovery tank is full, the display will show a caution symbol
and the tank full icon.
If the battery charge level falls to a critical level, the display will
show a caution symbol and the battery-low icon.
!
!
Normal
Heavy
Extreme
Scrub
Scrub
Scrub
Pressure Pressure Pressure
23
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
Circuit Breakers
The machine circuit breakers are located on the panel to
the left of the Operator seat.
General Maintenance
Maintenance After Use
1. When finished scrubbing, press the Scrub Off Switch. This will automatically raise the scrub deck and
squeegee, and switch off the solution, detergent and vacuum systems.
2. Drive the machine to a service area for daily maintenance, and check the machine for any additional
maintenance or service that may be needed.
3. To empty and clean the solution tank:
a. Remove the Solution Tank Drain
Hose from its storage clamp.
b. Direct the Solution Tank Drain Hose
to a designated disposal site and
remove the Solution Tank Drain
Hose Plug.
Recovery Tank
Drain Hose Plug
c. Rinse the tank with clean water.
4. To empty and clean the recovery tank:
a. Pull the Recovery Tank Drain Hose
from its storage area.
b. Direct the Recovery Tank Drain
Hose to a designated disposal site
and remove the Recovery Tank
Drain Hose Plug. (Hold the end of
the Recovery Tank Drain Hose above
the water level in the tank to avoid
sudden, uncontrolled wastewater
flow.) The Recovery Tank Drain Hose
can be squeezed to regulate the
flow.
c. Rinse the recovery tank with clean
water.
Recovery Tank
Drain Hose
Hopper
Solution Tank
Drain Hose
Solution Tank
Drain Hose Plug
Vacuum
Hose
24
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
d. Inspect the Solution Tank Drain Hose, Recovery Tank Drain Hose and Vacuum Hose for wear or damage.
Replace the if kinked or damaged.
5. Remove the brushes or pad holders. Rinse the brushes or pads in warm water and hang up to dry.
6. Remove the squeegee, rinse it with warm water, then reinstall.
7. Remove the Hopper on cylindrical systems and clean thoroughly. You can remove the Hopper from either
side of the machine by removing the skirt, tilting the Hopper up and away from housing, then pulling the
Hopper out.
8. Check the following maintenance schedule and perform any required maintenance before you store the
machine.
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Item
Daily
Charge Batteries
X
Check/Clean Tanks and Hoses
X
Check/Clean/Rotate the Brushes/Pads
X
Check/Clean the Squeegee
X
Check/Clean Vacuum Shutoff Float
X
Check/Clean the Vacuum Motor Foam Filter(s)
X
Clean Hopper on Cylindrical System
X
Weekly
Check the Water Level in each Battery Cell
X
Inspect Scrub Housing Skirts
X
Inspect and Clean Solution Filter
X
Check Foot/Parking Brake For Wear and Adjustment
X
Clean Solution Trough on Cylindrical System
X
Purge Detergent System
X
Side Broom Maintenance
X
Lubrication - Grease Fittings
Monthly
Yearly
X
* Check Carbon Brushes
X
*Inspect the vacuum motor carbon brushes every 300 operating hours. Check the brush and drive motor
carbon brushes every 500 operating hours.
Note: Refer to the individual machine sections in this manual for more detail on maintenance and
service repairs.
9. Store the machine indoors in a clean, dry place. Keep the machine from freezing. Leave the tanks open
to air them out.
10. Turn the key switch off (O) and remove the key.
Caution! Do not pressure-wash the operator control panel, circuit breaker panel or any
electrical areas of the machine.
25
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
General Information
Machine Lubrication
Once a month:
• Steering Wheel Shaft Universal joint
• Pump a small amount of grease into each grease
fitting on the machine as shown until grease
seeps out around the bearings.
• Steering Chain
• Squeegee mount angle adjustment knob threads
• Apply light machine oil to the components
shown.
Apply light machine oil to:
• Squeegee tool end wheels
Apply grease to:
• Recovery Tank release latch
• Squeegee Caster Wheel Axle and Pivot
• Brake Pedal (parking brake) linkage
Lubrication Points
Oil
Grease
Oil
Grease
Oil
Grease
Oil
Grease
Grease
Grease
26
Advance Condor EcoFlex™, Nilfisk BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Disc and Cylindrical
PM Checklist
Customer
A
B
C
D
L
M
W
Address
City
St
Model
Serial
Zip
Hours
Ref
Operational Inspection Items
1
2
3
4
Steering
Drive Pedal Operation (check for Fwd/Rev drive and any neutral creep)
Seat Safety Switch (when operator stands up machine is to stop)
Brakes (service and parking)
Drive System Performance (reference Service Manual for Curtis drive
programmer speed changes)
Scrub System (Raise/Lower and auto scrubbing functions)
Scrub Brush Pressure Settings (see Service Manual programming, 3 different
modes)
Squeegee System (Raise/Lower and auto lift in reverse function)
Vacuum Performance (sealed water lift 70" and 1-inch open hole adapter 15
inches)
Solution Control (On/Off and flow volume Min/Max)
Emergency Battery Disconnect Control Lever
Side broom Sweep System, Raise/Lower and auto sweep functions
(cylindrical only)
Tilt Steering Mechanism and Seat
Optional Accessories (headlight, safety beacon, etc.)
Main Control Board Special Program Options (check all applicable program
settings, reference Service Manual 56043154); Example, Fault Recall Mode,
etc.
Battery Charger Operation
Chemical Detergent System Functions
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ref
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Visual Inspection Items
Comments
Scrub Brushes, check for wear and rotate
Scrub Brush Motor(s) and disc machine gearboxes
Scrub Brush Drive Belt, wear (cylindrical only)
Scrub Brush Deck Actuator Motor
Brush Driver Plates (flex coupler and retainer clips)
(disc only)
Brush Idler Bearing Plate and Driver (cylindrical only)
Scrub Deck Skirts
Solution Solenoid Valve
Solution Tank, Delivery Hoses and Filter
Vacuum Motor Carbon Brushes
Vacuum Motor Cover Gasket and Filters
Vacuum Float Ball and Cage Assembly
Copyright 2011 Nilfisk-Advance.
OK
Carbon Brushes
Defect Codes
needs adjustment
binding
dirty or contaminated
damaged, bent or torn
leaks
missing
worn out
A
A
B
B
A
A
B
noisy
A
B
A
B
A
B
C
L
A
W
B
B
L
D
A
B
D
A
B
D
D
Program as needed
D
C
OK
L
Defect Codes
(circle)
A B D
B L
A D
A B D
Does
Not
Work
W
W
W
W
M
C
Page 1 of 2
W
sluggish
A
Clean Float
D
D
D
Clean Filter Screen
Wear Limit 3/8"
Does
Not
Work
Defect Codes
(circle)
W
B
C
C
W
L
L
W
L
C
W
M
7/21/2011
Ref
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
Visual Inspection Items (continued)
Recovery Tank Cover Gasket
Recovery Tank Drain Hose and Cap
Squeegee Pick-Up Tool and Hose
Squeegee Blades (clean and rotate)
Squeegee Mount Wheels (lubricate)
Squeegee Lift Actuator Motor and Lifting Bar
Battery Pack Condition (clean and water)
Front Drive Wheel Motor
Front Drive Tire
Rear Brake Rotors and Disc Wear
Drive Pedal Linkage (neutral return)
Steering Chain (lubricate and tension)
Steering Column (knob and plunger spring) also
Universal Joint
Rear Wheels (bearing wear)
Sweep Debris Tray (cylindrical only)
Defect Codes
A
B
needs adjustment
binding
Comments
OK
Does
Not
Work
Defect Codes
(circle)
C
Flush
Back flush
4 Grease Fittings
Load Test
Carbon Brushes
Tread Wear
Adjust Free Play
Torsion Spring
1/4" Deflection
C
D
L
D L
C L
C L
A C D W
A C W
A B D
C W
C W
W
A B W
A B
A B C
Grease
A
Tread Wear
Rinse
C
dirty or contaminated
damaged, bent or torn
leaks
D
W
C
M
W
missing
worn out
Note: For additional service information see Service Manual form number 56043154 and Instructions for
Use form number 56041633.
Work Completed By:
Service Technician Signature
Copyright 2011 Nilfisk-Advance.
Acknowledged By:
Date
Customer Signature
Page 2 of 2
Date
7/21/2011
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
29
Chassis System
Major Chassis Components
Side Rear
Panel
Chassis
Support
Side Panel
Assembly
Pin Plate
Weldment
Conduit (2)
Support
Chassis
Weldment
Edge
Trim
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
30
Control System
Functional Description
Overview
The control system consists of the A2 Control Board Assembly, the A3 Switch/Display Panel Assembly and
associated sensors and circuitry.
A2 Control Board Assembly
The A2 Control Board Assembly, sometimes referred to the
main controller, communicates with the Curtis A1 Speed
Controller and the A3 Switch/Display Panel Assembly to
coordinate the operation of the various machine systems.
The A2 Control Board Assembly is fastened to the Electrical
Mount behind the electrical panel cover assembly to the
left of the Operator seat.
One primary function of the A2 Control Board Assembly is
to position the scrub brushes relative to the floor surface
using a lift actuator motor. The A2 Control Board Assembly
continuously monitors the brush motor current draw to
maintain the desired scrub pressure on the floor.
A2 Control Board
Assembly
Electrical
Mount
Curtis A1
Speed
Controller
• If the brush motor current drops below the desired
range, the A2 Control Board Assembly switches on the
lift actuator motor to move the scrub deck downward
until the brush motor current draw is within the
correct range for the scrub pressure selected.
• If the brush motor current rises above the desired
range, the A2 Control Board Assembly switches on the
lift actuator motor to lift the scrub deck upward until
the brush motor current draw is again within the
correct range for the scrub pressure selected.
Note: Refer to the Scrub System section in this
manual for a complete explanation of
scrub deck operation.
A secondary function of the A2 Control Board Assembly is to detect any system failures and display the
corresponding error code on the display panel, or store it in the control board’s recall memory mode. The
error codes are used to help service technicians determine the fault and to guide in repairing a specific
system malfunction quickly.
Note: See the Troubleshooting section for further information.
The A2 Control Board Assembly also allows you to change program settings for a set of specific machine
functions. See the Main Control Programming Options section in this manual for further information.
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
A3 Switch/Display Panel Assembly
The A3 Switch/Display Panel Assembly is the user
interface that includes the various system switches and
buttons, and the control panel display. The A3 Switch/
Display Panel Assembly sends the operator inputs via a
CAN BUS to the A2 Control Board Assembly.
Control System Wiring Diagram
+
F4
-
Fuse, 250 A
Circuit Breaker, 3 Amp
B+
B-
K7
F1
8
A1
Speed
Controller
4
3
16
15
36V Battery
S1
Key Switch
K5
F2
D1
S2
Diode
Seat Switch
S3
Battery Interlock Switch
(for roll-out Battery)
Motion
Direction
Bat -
Battery Ground
Bat +
Circuit Breaker, 15 Amp
A2 Control
Board
Assembly
Bat + 8V
Bat CAN H
B+
CAN L
A3
Switch/Display
Panel Assembly
B+
B-
Circuit Description
The A2 Control Board Assembly is connected by several inputs to battery negative:
The A2 Control Board Assembly gets positive battery voltage from two inputs:
• When the key switch, seat switch and battery interlock are closed, positive voltage is supplied to the A2
Control Board Assembly.
• When the key switch is closed, positive voltage is supplied to the coil side of contactor K5. When K5
contacts close, positive voltage is supplied to the A2 Control Board Assembly.
The A3 Switch/Display Panel Assembly gets voltage from two outputs on the A2 Control Board Assembly.
The A3 Switch/Display Panel Assembly communicates with the A2 Control Board Assembly via a CAN BUS
connection (CAN H and CAN L).
31
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
Main Control Programming Options
Fault Recall Mode
Whenever the A2 Control Board Assembly detects an electrical system error or fault, one or more error
codes are displayed and stored by the A2 Control Board Assembly. You can recall error codes (if any) from
previous machine operation for troubleshooting purposes, To recall stored error codes:
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the solution switch.
3. While holding the solution switch, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold the solution switch until the solution system indicator turns on.
5. Release the solution switch. The solution system indicator turns off and the scrub off indicator will light.
The display will show a wrench icon indicating that you are in fault recall mode.
• If there are no previous error codes stored, the display will show the no-fault wrench icon
asking you to reset the machine (no fault). Skip to step 7.
• If error codes have been stored, the display will show the wrench icon and error number(s) next to the
wrench. If more than one error code is stored, the display will toggle through all the errors stored.
6. • If you want to save the codes, skip to step 7.
• To clear the stored error codes, press the scrub off switch. The display will now show key switch icon
asking you to reset the machine.
7. To exit the fault recall mode, turn the key switch off.
To Select the Battery Used in the Machine
Note that the factory default is Standard (LVC = 31V)
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the scrub off switch.
3. While holding the scrub off switch, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold the scrub off switch until the Scrub Off LED indicator turns on.
5. Release the switch. The display will now show BATTERY.
6. Press the scrub on switch to select the type of battery that is in the machine.
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the new setting and display the key switch icon.
8. Turn the key switch off. The new setting will be saved until changed again.
To Restore the Scrub Pressures to the Factory Default Settings
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the scrub on switch.
3. While holding the scrub on switch, turn the key switch on.
32
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
4. Continue to hold the scrub on switch until the display shows key switch icon. The factory default scrub
pressures have now been restored.
5. Turn the key switch off.
To Enable/Disable the Fault Detection
Note that the factory default for fault detection is ON.
Normally the main control unit will perform checks of the electrical system during operation. If a fault
occurs in a particular system, that system (and possibly others) will be shut down. This can make
troubleshooting the system difficult. This option will allow service personnel to disable some of the fault
detection checks to facilitate troubleshooting. This will not disable the over-current protection on any of the
systems. To turn the fault checking on or off:
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold both the scrub off switch and solution switch.
3. While holding both switches, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold both switches until both switch indicators turn on. The display will show a wrench icon
indicating fault detection mode.
5. Release both switches. The solution system indictor light will blink and the scrub off indicator will stay
on.
6. Press the solution switch to toggle the fault detection between enabled/on (wrench icon with no cross) or
disabled/off (wrench icon with cross).
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the new setting and display the key switch icon.
8. Turn the key switch off. The new setting will be saved until changed again.
To Display the Control Board Revision Level
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold both the scrub off switch and traction control switch.
3. While holding both switches, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold both switches until the scrub off and traction control indicators light.
5. Release both switches. The scrub off and traction control indicators will switch off. The display will show
the MAIN REVISION of the A2 control board assembly, the DISPLAY REVISION of the A3 switch/display
panel assembly and the key switch icon.
6. Turn the key switch off.
Monitor Mode
The control system allows the five machine settings listed below to be quickly checked in the monitor mode
to view the machine’s specific setup. To enter the monitor mode and view the current machine settings:
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the detergent switch.
33
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
3. While holding the detergent switch, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold the detergent switch until the detergent system indicator switches on.
5. Release the detergent switch. The display
will show the following current machine
programmed settings:
• Scrub deck type and size,
• Detergent mode on/off,
• Fault detection on/off,
• Vacuum motor selection – VACUUM–SINGLE (one motor) or VACUUM–DUAL (two motors).
6. To exit the monitor mode, turn the key switch off.
Scrub Deck Down Time Adjustment
Note that the factory default deck down time is two seconds.
When scrub on switch is pressed, the control board will automatically lower the deck for two seconds. The
time that the deck is lowered is adjustable from one second to three seconds in 0.1-second increments.
To adjust the scrub deck down time:
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the scrub on and solution switches.
3. While holding both switches, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold both switches until both switch indicators turn on.
5. Release both switches. The display will now show a clock icon in the upper left corner with a number
indicating the scrub deck down time period.
6. Press the scrub on switch to increment the time period. Each press of the switch increments the scrub
deck down time 0.1 seconds. For example, the time will increment from 2.0 seconds to 2.1 seconds, and
so on. The deck down times range from 1.0 to 3.0 seconds.
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the new setting and display the key switch icon.
8. Turn the key switch off. The new setting will be saved until changed again.
Normal (Light) Scrub Setting Adjustment
Note that the factory default settings for the normal scrub setting are: Scrub pressure – one bar, Solution
flow rate – one bar.
The scrub pressure and solution flow rate for the normal scrub setting can be programmed to better suit a
particular application. This allows you to select a higher solution flow rate with normal scrub pressure, or
a normal solution rate with heavier scrub pressure, etc., as the normal scrub setting. To change the normal
scrub settings:
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the scrub on and scrub speed switches.
34
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
3. While holding both switches, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold both switches until the scrub speed indicator turns on and the normal scrub on
indicator blinks.
5. Release both switches. The display will now show a scrub icon (either disc or cylindrical) with the
current scrub pressure setting.
6. Press the scrub on switch to increment the scrub pressure setting as shown by the number of bars in the
display.
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the new scrub pressure setting and move to the solution flow rate
setting. The display will now show the solution icon with gauge. The normal scrub indicator will stop
blinking and the solution system indicator will blink.
8. Press the solution switch to increment the solution flow rate as shown by the number of bars in the
display.
9. Press the scrub off switch to save the new solution flow rate setting and move to the detergent
concentration setting. The display will now show the detergent icon with a 0, + or – next to it. The
solution system indicator will stop blinking and the detergent indicator will blink.
10. Press the detergent switch to scroll through and select the 0, + or – character in the display.
• Selecting 0 will not change the detergent concentration in the detergent ratios.
• Selecting + will increase the detergent concentration in the detergent ratios by 10 percent.
• Selecting – will decrease the detergent concentration in the detergent ratios by 10 percent.
11. Press the scrub off switch to save the detergent concentration setting and display the key switch icon.
12. Turn the key switch off. The new settings will be saved until changed again.
Heavy Scrub Setting Adjustment
Note that the factory default settings for the heavy scrub setting are: Scrub pressure – two bars, Solution
flow rate – two bars.
The scrub pressure and solution flow rate for the heavy scrub setting can be programmed to better suit
a particular application. This allows you to select a higher solution rate with heavy scrub pressure, or a
normal solution rate with heavy scrub pressure, etc., as the heavy scrub setting. To change the heavy scrub
settings:
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the scrub on and detergent switches.
3. While holding both switches, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold both switches until the detergent indicator turns on and the heavy scrub indicator
blinks.
5. Release both switches. The display will now show a scrub icon (either disc or cylindrical) with the
current scrub pressure setting.
6. Press the scrub on switch to increment the scrub pressure setting as shown by the number of bars in the
display.
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the new scrub pressure setting and move to the solution flow rate
setting. The display will now show the solution icon with gauge. The solution system indicator will
blink.
35
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
8. Press the solution switch to increment the solution flow rate as shown by the number of bars in the
display.
9. Press the scrub off switch to save the new solution flow rate setting and move to the detergent
concentration setting. The display will now show the detergent icon with a 0, + or – next to it. The
solution system indicator will stop blinking and the detergent indicator will blink.
10. Press the detergent switch to scroll through and select the 0, + or – character in the display.
• Selecting 0 will not change the detergent concentration in the detergent ratios.
• Selecting + will increase the detergent concentration in the detergent ratios by 10 percent.
• Selecting – will decrease the detergent concentration in the detergent ratios by 10 percent.
11. Press the scrub off switch to save the detergent concentration setting and display the key switch icon.
12. Turn the key switch off. The new settings will be saved until changed again.
Extreme Scrub Setting Adjustment
Note that the factory default settings for the extreme scrub setting are: Scrub pressure – three bars, Solution
flow rate – three bars.
The scrub pressure and solution flow rate for the extreme scrub setting can be programmed to better suit
a particular application. This allows you to select a higher solution rate with extreme scrub pressure, or a
normal solution rate with extreme scrub pressure, etc., as the extreme scrub setting. To change the extreme
scrub settings:
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the scrub on and vacuum/wand switches.
3. While holding both switches, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold both switches until the vacuum/wand indicator turns on, and the normal and heavy
scrub indicators blink.
5. Release both switches. The display will now show a scrub icon (either disc or cylindrical) with the
current scrub pressure setting.
6. Press the scrub on switch to increment the scrub pressure setting as shown by the number of bars in the
display.
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the new setting and move to the solution flow rate setting. The display
will now show the solution icon with gauge. The normal and heavy scrub indicators will stop blinking
and the solution indicator will blink.
8. Press the solution switch to increment the solution flow rate as shown by the number of bars in the
display.
9. Press the scrub off switch to save the new solution flow rate setting and move to the detergent
36
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
concentration setting. The display will now show the detergent icon with a 0, + or – next to it. The
solution system indicator will stop blinking and the detergent indicator will blink.
10. Press the detergent switch to scroll through and select the 0, + or – character in the display.
• Selecting 0 will not change the detergent concentration in the detergent ratios.
• Selecting + will increase the detergent concentration in the detergent ratios by 10 percent.
• Selecting – will decrease the detergent concentration in the detergent ratios by 10 percent.
11. Press the scrub off switch to save the detergent concentration setting and display the key switch icon.
12. Turn the key switch off. The new settings will be saved until changed again.
Scrub Speed Switch Lockout
Note that the factory default setting for the scrub speed switch is FAST/SLOW - ENABLE.
The control system is programmed to limit the maximum travel speed while scrubbing to a value less
than that allowed when driving and not scrubbing. Pressing the scrub speed switch on the control panel
will override this speed limiting feature and allow scrubbing at a the higher speed. If you wish to prevent
scrubbing at this faster speed, you can disable the scrub speed switch override feature. To disable the scrub
speed switch override feature:
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the scrub speed switch.
3. While holding the scrub speed switch, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold the scrub speed switch until the scrub speed and scrub off indicators both turn on.
5. Release the scrub speed switch. The scrub speed indictor light will blink.
6. Press the scrub speed switch to enable or disable the scrub speed switch override feature. FAST/SLOW
- ENABLE means that the high-speed scrub feature is turned on. FAST/SLOW - DISABLE means that the
high-speed scrub feature is turned off.
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the setting and display the key switch icon.
8. Turn the key switch off. The new setting will be saved until changed again.
Detergent System Selection Mode
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the scrub off switch and the detergent switch.
3. While holding both switches, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold both switches until both switch indicators turn on.
5. Release both switches. The scrub off indicator will stay lit and the detergent system indicator will blink.
The display will now show a detergent bottle in the upper left corner indicating the detergent selection
mode.
6. Press the detergent switch to select between a normal detergent bottle icon indicating that the detergent
system is activated, or a detergent bottle with a cross through it indicating that the detergent system is
37
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
not activated.
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the new setting and display the key switch icon.
8. Turn the key switch off. The new setting will be saved until changed again.
EcoFlex™ Mode Selection
Note that the factory default setting for the EcoFlex™ Mode is OFF.
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the EcoFlex™ button.
3. While holding the button, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold the button for two seconds until the EcoFlex™ and scrub off indicators turn on.
5. Release the EcoFlex™ button. The display will now show the ECOFLEX MODE/
OFF, ECOFLEX MODE/MODE 1 and ECOFLEX MODE/MODE 2 menu.
ECOFLEX MODE
OFF
6. Press the EcoFlex™ button to scroll through the menu and select the desired
ECOFLEX MODE.
ECOFLEX MODE
MODE 1
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the setting and display the key switch icon.
ECOFLEX MODE
MODE 2
8. Turn the key switch off. The new setting will be saved until changed again.
Vacuum Motor Configuration Option
Note that the factory default setting for the vacuum motor configuration is SINGLE (one vacuum motor).
All rider scrubber models covered in this manual can be equipped with optional dual vacuum motors. The A1
control board assembly must be programmed for the number of vacuum motors installed so that the current
overload protection will function correctly. To select the vacuum motor configuration:
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the scrub system off and vacuum/wand switches.
3. While holding both switches, turn the key switch on until the scrub off and vacuum/wand indicators
light.
4. Release both switches. The vacuum/wand indictor will flash. The control panel display will now indicate
the vacuum motor setting.
5. Press the vacuum/wand switch to toggle between VACUUM - SINGLE for a single vacuum motor or
VACUUM - DUAL for two vacuum motors.
6. Press the scrub off switch to save the setting and display the key switch icon.
7. Turn the key switch off. The new setting will be saved until changed again.
Recovery Tank Full Detection Enable/Disable
Note that the factory default setting for the recovery tank full detection is ENABLE.
The Condor is equipped with a feature that will automatically shut off the vacuum and scrub systems
38
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
and display a recovery tank full icon on the control panel display when the recovery tank becomes full. If
problems are encountered with the vacuum shutoff feature, such as the vacuum shutting off even when the
recovery tank is not full, this feature can be turned off. To turn this feature on (enable) or off (disable):
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the vacuum/wand switch.
3. While holding the vacuum/wand switch, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold the vacuum/wand switch until the vacuum/wand indicator turns on.
5. Release the vacuum/wand switch. The vacuum/wand indictor will blink and the scrub off indicator will
turn on. The display will now show a text message REC TANK FULL DETECT/ENABLE or DISABLE.
6. Press the vacuum/wand switch to toggle between ENABLE or DISABLE. ENABLE means that the
automatic shutoff feature is turned on. DISABLE means that the automatic shutoff feature is turned off.
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the setting and display the key switch icon.
8. Turn the key switch off. The new setting will be saved until changed again.
Solution Flow in Reverse Enable/Disable
Note that the factory default setting for the solution flow in reverse option is ENABLE.
The solution flow is programmed to dispense solution when the machine backing up. To disable solution flow
when the machine moves in reverse:
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the EcoFlex™ button and the solution switch.
3. While holding both the button and switch, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold the button and switch until the solution system and vacuum/wand indicators turn on.
5. Release the button and switch. The vacuum/wand indicator will turn off, the solution system indictor
will blink and the scrub off indicator will turn on. The display will now show the message SOLUTION IN
REVERSE/ENABLE or DISABLE.
6. Press the solution switch to toggle between SOLUTION IN REVERSE ENABLE or DISABLE. If you select
ENABLE, the solution flow will stay on when the machine is moving in reverse. If you select DISABLE,
solution flow will stop when the machine is moving in reverse.
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the setting and display the key switch icon.
8. Turn the key switch off. The new setting will be saved until changed again.
Indicator LED Intensity Selection Option
Note that the factory default setting for the indicator LED intensity is normal.
To change the intensity of the LEDs in the control panel indicators.
1. Turn the key switch off.
39
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
2. Press and hold the vacuum/wand and scrub speed switches.
3. While holding both switches, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold both switches until the vacuum/wand and scrub speed indicators turn on. The display
will now show a light bulb icon in the upper left corner indicating the LED light intensity selection.
5. Release both switches. The scrub speed and scrub off indicators will light and the vacuum/wand
indicator will blink.
6. Press the vacuum/wand switch to select between the normal intensity or extra bright intensity levels.
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the setting and display the key switch icon.
8. Turn the key switch off. The new setting will be saved until changed again.
Detergent and Solution Pump Purge
The EcoFlex™ detergent system has two purge (flush) programs to ensure that the detergent delivery hoses
and related components are kept open and clean. A general operational description in how the system
functions is found in the Solution System section. To activate the maintenance purge functions:
Method 1
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold both the detergent and solution switches.
3. While holding the switches, turn the key switch on. The display will show the purge icon, the detergent
and solution pumps will run for approximately 20 seconds, then the pumps will shut off.
4. When the purge cycle is complete, turn the key switch off.
Method 2 (as described in the Instructions for Use)
1. Turn the key switch on.
2. Press and hold both the detergent and solution switches for three seconds. The detergent and solution
pumps will run for approximately 10 seconds.
3. When the purge cycle is complete, turn the key switch off.
Side Broom Function
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the side broom on/down switch.
3. While holding the switch, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold the switch until the side broom on/down indicator turns on.
5. Release the switch. The display will now show SIDE BROOM/ENABLE or DISABLE.
6. Press the side broom on/down switch to toggle between SIDE BROOM ENABLE or SIDE BROOM DISABLE.
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the setting and display the key switch icon.
40
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
8. Turn the key switch off. The new setting will be saved until changed again.
Side Broom Height Adjustment
The height of the side brooms is determined by the length of time the side broom actuator runs as it lowers
the side brooms. Note that:
• Increasing the side broom actuator run time lowers the side broom height.
• Decreasing the side broom actuator run time raises the side broom height.
To adjust the side broom height:
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the side broom on/down and scrub off switches.
3. While holding the switches, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold the switches until the side broom on/down indicator, scrub off indicator and both scrub
on indicators turn on.
5. Release the switches. The indicators will stay on and the display will now show the side broom actuator
down run time in seconds.
6. • Press the scrub on switch to increase the side broom actuator run time and lower the position of side
brooms.
• Press the side broom on/down switch to decrease the side broom actuator run time and raise the
position of side brooms.
Note that the side broom actuator run times range from 1.0 to 3.0 seconds.
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the side broom height. The actuator will raise the brooms to their up
position and the display will show a key switch icon.
8. Turn the key switch off. The machine is now reprogrammed to work with the new side broom height
setting.
Display Mode Selection
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the detergent switch and EcoFlex™ button.
3. While holding the detergent switch and EcoFlex™ button, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold the button and switch for two seconds until the EcoFlex™ and detergent system
indicators turn on.
5. Release the button and switch. The EcoFlex™ indicator will blink and the display will show DISPLAY
MODE.
6. Press the EcoFlex™ button to toggle between 1. US DISPLAY and 2. GLOBAL DISPLAY.
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the new setting and display the key switch icon.
8. Turn the key switch off. The new setting will be saved until changed again.
41
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
Service Test Mode
The purpose of the service test mode is to assist the service technician with numerous quick shortcut
troubleshooting procedures. The service test mode allows you to control individual system components
independent of the normal machine operator inputs.
To Enter the Service Test Mode
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the scrub speed and traction control switches.
3. While holding the scrub speed and traction control switches, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold the scrub speed and traction control switches until the traction control indicator lights.
5. Release the scrub speed and traction control switches. The scrub speed indicator will turn off and the
display will show NEUTRAL/SC-NO FAULT (speed controller - no fault). The display, switch and indicator
functions in the service test mode are described below.
6. To exit the service test mode, turn the key switch off.
Service Test Mode Display
• Speed Control Status
–– This indicator will read SC–NO FAULT (speed controller - no fault) if the status signal from the speed
control is normal.
–– If a speed control fault exists, this indicator will read SC-FAULT (speed control fault). Refer to the
Wheel System, Traction section for details on these codes.
• Speed Control Foot Throttle Status
–– The control panel display will read NEUTRAL when the operator foot pedal is at rest.
–– The control panel display will read FORWARD when the foot pedal is depressed in the forward direction
to activate its forward drive mode functions.
–– The control panel display will read REVERSE when the operator foot pedal is depressed in the reverse
direction to activate its reverse drive mode functions.
Control Panel Switch and Button Functions
• Scrub System Off Switch – This switch controls the scrub brush motor(s). Pressing and
releasing this switch will alternately turn the brush motor(s) on and off. The scrub off
indicator provides the following status information:
–– Off - Brush motor output is off and there is no brush motor current sensed.
–– Steady Blue - Brush motor output is on and there is normal brush motor current
sensed.
• Scrub ON/Pressure Select Switch – This switch controls the scrub deck lift actuator as
follows:
42
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
–– Pressing the switch the first time will switch on the actuator to lower the scrub
deck. The normal scrub indicator (left blue LED) will light as the actuator is
running. Once the deck reaches the down position, the normal scrub indicator will
blink.
–– Pressing the switch a second time will switch off the normal scrub indicator.
–– Pressing the switch a third time will switch on the actuator to raise the scrub deck. The normal scrub
indicator will light as the actuator is running. Once the deck reaches the up position, the normal scrub
indicator will blink.
–– Pressing the switch a fourth time will switch off the normal scrub indicator.
• Vacuum/Wand Switch – This switch controls the squeegee lift actuator and vacuum
motor(s) as follows:
–– Pressing the switch the first time will switch on vacuum motor(s) and switch on
the actuator to lower the squeegee. The vacuum/wand indicator will light as the
actuator is running. Once the squeegee reaches the down position, the vacuum/
wand indicator will blink.
–– Pressing the switch a second time will switch off the vacuum/wand indicator.
–– Pressing the switch a third time will switch off the vacuum motor(s) and switch on the actuator
to raise the squeegee. The vacuum/wand indicator will light as the actuator is running. Once the
squeegee reaches the up position, the vacuum/wand indicator will blink.
–– Pressing the switch a fourth time will switch off the vacuum/wand indicator.
• Side Broom On/Down Switch – This switch controls the side broom motors and side
broom lift actuator as follows:
–– Pressing the switch the first time will switch on side broom motors and switch on
the actuator to lower the side brooms. The side broom on/down indicator will light
as the actuator is running. Once the side brooms reach the down position, the side
broom on/down indicator will blink.
–– Pressing the switch a second time will switch off the side broom on/down indicator.
–– Pressing the switch a third time will switch off the side broom motors and switch on the actuator to
raise the side brooms. The side broom on/down indicator will light as the actuator is running. Once the
side brooms reach the up position, the side broom on/down indicator will blink.
–– Pressing the switch a fourth time will switch off the side broom on/down indicator.
• Solution Switch – This switch controls the solution solenoid and solution control pump.
Pressing and releasing this switch will alternately turn the solution solenoid and
solution pump on and off. The solution system indicator provides the following status
information:
–– Off – Solenoid and solution pump outputs are off.
43
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
–– Steady Blue – Solenoid and solution pump outputs are on.
• Detergent Switch – This switch controls the detergent pumps. Pressing and releasing
this switch will alternately turn the detergent pumps on and off. The detergent
system indicator provides the following status information:
–– Off – Detergent pump output is off.
–– Steady Blue – Detergent pump output is on.
Troubleshooting
Error Indicator and Error Code Display
Any error codes detected by A2
Control Board Assembly will be
displayed on the control panel
display as they occur. If more
than one error exists, the display
will sequence through the error
codes at one-second intervals. The
error will display as a mechanical
followed by a
wrench symbol
two-digit code. For example,
29
as shown in the adjacent drawing
would be an open vacuum motor
error.
Error
Indicator
Two-digit
Error
Code
Control System
44
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
Error Codes
Display
Code
Error/Fault Description
Correction
01
Scrub deck sense R2 resistor fault
A fault will occur if scrub deck sensor resistor is
unplugged or damaged. Check the resistor wiring for an
open and substitute a new resistor and test scrub deck
for correct operation. Note that there are four different
resistor values used on the different deck types. See the
electrical diagram decal for the correct specification for
the resistor to replace.
03
Speed control fault
Observe the blue flashing light detergent indicator light,
then refer to the Wheel Drive, Traction section to
troubleshoot the drive system.
04
Scrub motor overload
1. Check for binding in the rotation of the brushes and
incorrect brush deck lift actuator operation.
Note that some models use one, two
or three scrub motors. Refer to the
Specifications section for detailed
load current values for the different
decks.
05
06
07
08
2. Check the negative supply cable at the brush motor
for a wiring problem, and also the small BRN current
sense wire in the harness and A2 pin J2-2.
3. Check for a short circuit* in the brush motor or wiring.
On cylindrical models check for excessive belt tension
and the condition of the idler bearing.
Left brush motor contactor coil
overload
1. Check for a K4 coil wiring problem or a short circuit*
(wire colors VIO and GRA/RED).
Contactor K4 is for the left motor on
the three-motor decks. The nominal
coil resistance is 94 ohms for all
three motor contactors.
2. Check the coil resistance. If the resistance is below
75 ohms, replace the coil.
Center brush motor contactor coil
overload
1. Check for a K3 coil wiring problem or a short circuit*
(wire colors VIO and WHT/VIO).
Contactor K3 is for the center motor
on three-motor decks. K3 is for the
left motor on two-motor decks.
2. Check the coil resistance. If the resistance is below
75 ohms, replace the coil.
Right brush motor contactor coil
overload
1. Check for a K2 coil wiring problem or a short circuit*
(wire colors VIO & YEL/BLU).
Contactor K2 is for the right motor
on two- or three-motor decks. K2 is
the only contactor on a single-motor
decks.
2. Check the coil resistance. If the resistance is below
75 ohms, replace the coil.
Scrub deck actuator overload
1. Check for binding or a frozen brush lift linkage and
excessive weight on the brush deck.
• Normal current load is 1-3 amps.
• Max current load is 6 amps.
• Max current with no load is 1.4
amps.
2. Check for a short circuit* in the actuator motor and
wiring. Repair or replace.
To test the actuator, disconnect the motor plug and
attach the actuator power cord adapter (p/n 56407502)
and perform an amp draw test. Compare readings to the
current load specifications.
45
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Display
Code
09
10
11
Error/Fault Description
Correction
Vacuum motor overload
1. Check for debris in the vacuum motor(s).
Normal current load for one motor is
16-20 amps. Normal current load for
two motors is 32-40 amps.
2. Check for worn carbon brushes - replace brushes.
K1 Vacuum motor contactor
1. Check for a K1 coil wiring problem or short circuit*
(wire colors VIO and BLU).
coil overload. The nominal coil
resistance is 100 ohms.
Squeegee actuator overload
• Normal current load is 1-2 amps.
• Max current load is 6 amps.
12
13
2. Check the coil resistance. If the coil resistance is
below 80 ohms, replace the coil.
1. Check for binding or frozen squeegee lift linkage and
excessive weight on the squeegee mount.
2. Check for a short circuit* in the actuator motor and
wiring. Repair or replace.
L1 Solution solenoid overload
1. Check for a wiring problem or short circuit*.
The nominal coil resistance is 74
ohms.
2. Check the coil resistance. Replace the solution
solenoid if the coil resistance is lower than 58 ohms.
Solution control pump overload
1. Check for short circuits* in the wiring and in the M12
pump motor.
2. Disconnect the solution pump motor and run the
machine to see if the wiring is shorted.
3. Check the current draw and compare to the
specifications. If the motor shows high current draw
replace the motor.
K6 Side broom motor contactor coil
overload
1. Check for a K6 coil wiring problem or short circuit*
(wire colors VIO and BRN/BLK).
The nominal coil resistance is 100
ohms.
2. Check the coil resistance. If the resistance is below
80 ohms, replace the contactor.
Side broom actuator overload
1. Check for binding or frozen side broom lift linkage and
excessive weight on the lifting arms.
• Normal current load is 1-2 amps.
• Max current load is 6 amps.
18
4. Check for a short circuit* in the vacuum motor or
wiring - repair or replace.
To test the actuator, disconnect the motor plug and
attach the actuator power cord adapter (p/n 56407502)
and perform an amp draw test. Compare readings to the
current load specifications.
• A current load of 3.2 amps or over
will generate code 13 pump motor
overload.
17
3. Defective motor bearings - repair or replace.
• Max current with no load is 1.4
amps.
• The normal current load is 0.8-1.8
amps.
16
Control System
2. Check for a short circuit* in the actuator motor and
wiring. Repair or replace.
• Max current with no load is 1.4
amps.
To test the actuator, disconnect the motor plug and
attach the actuator power cord adapter (p/n 56407502)
and perform an amp draw test. Compare readings to the
current load specifications.
K5 Auxiliary contactor coil overload
1. Check for a K5 coil wiring problem or short circuit*
(wire colors YEL/BRN & BLK/ORN).
The nominal coil resistance is 100
ohms.
2. Check the coil resistance. If the resistance is below
80 ohms, replace the contactor.
46
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Display
Code
19
Error/Fault Description
Correction
Back-up alarm overload
1. Check for a back-up alarm wiring problem or short
circuit* (wire colors: positive ORN/BRN; negative
BLU/WHT).
Specifications:
• 5-15 VDC
• Current load 100 ma
20
Horn output fault
Current load spec. 1.2 amps
21
Control System
Scrub motor open
2. Disconnect the back-up alarm and test to see if the
wiring is shorted. If not, replace the back-up alarm.
1. The horn or horn wiring’s +36V power feed is shorted
to ground (wire colors VIO and BLU/RED).
2. Disconnect the horn and test to see if the wiring is
shorted. If not, replace the horn.
1. Check for an open circuit in the motor wiring or for a
defective motor.
2. Check for 36 volts at the scrub motor that is not
running. If you get 0 Volts, replace the brush motor
contactor.
22
Left brush motor contactor coil open
1. Check for an open circuit in the K4 coil and wiring
(wire colors VIO and GRA/RED).
2. Test for 36V at the K4 coil. If you get 0 Volts, check
the A2 control board assembly.
23
Left brush motor contactor coil short
to ground
1. Disconnect the K4 coil wiring (wire colors VIO and
GRA/RED) and check to see if the code disappears.
−− If the code disappears, replace the brush contactor.
−− If the code does reappear, test the wiring for a short
back to the battery ground. Repair or replace the
defective wire.
2. If the above test doesn’t remove the code, substitute
a new A2 control board assembly.
24
Center brush motor contactor coil
open
1. Check for an open circuit in the K3 coil and wiring
(wire colors VIO and WHT/VIO).
2. Test for 36V at the K3 coil. If you get 0 Volts, check
the A2 control board assembly.
25
Center brush motor contactor coil
short to ground
1. Disconnect the K3 coil wiring (wire colors VIO and
WHT/VIO) and check to see if the code disappears.
−− If the code disappears, replace the brush contactor.
−− If the code does reappear, test the wiring for a short
back to the battery ground. Repair or replace the
defective wire.
2. If the above test doesn’t remove the code, substitute
a new A2 control board assembly.
26
Right brush motor contactor coil
open
1. Check for an open circuit in the K2 coil and wiring
(wire colors VIO and YEL/BLU).
2. Test for 36V at the K2 coil. If you get 0 Volts, check
the A2 control board assembly.
47
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Display
Code
27
Control System
Error/Fault Description
Correction
Right brush motor contactor coil
short to ground
1. Disconnect the K2 coil wiring (wire colors VIO and
YEL/BLU) and check to see if the code disappears.
−− If the code disappears, replace the brush contactor.
−− If the code does reappear, test the wiring for a short
back to the battery ground. Repair or replace the
defective wire.
2. If the above test doesn’t remove the code, substitute
a new A2 control board assembly.
28
Scrub deck actuator open
1. Check for disconnected lift actuator wiring.
2. Check for an open circuit in the motor wiring or for a
defective motor.
3. Check for output voltage from the A2 control board
assembly at the actuator wiring plug. It should be 36
volts. If 0 Volts, check the A2 control board assembly.
29
Vacuum motor open
1. Check for disconnected vacuum motor wiring.
2. Check for an open circuit in the vacuum motor wiring
or for a defective motor.
3. Check for 36 Volts at the vacuum motor. If 0 Volts,
replace the vacuum motor contactor K1.
30
Vacuum motor contactor coil open
1. Check for an open circuit in the K1 coil and wiring
(wire colors VIO and BLU).
2. Test for 36V at the K1 coil. If 0 Volts, check the A2
control board assembly.
31
K1 Vacuum motor contactor coil
short to ground
1. Disconnect the K1 coil wiring (wire colors VIO and
BLU) and check to see if the code disappears.
−− If the code disappears, replace the motor contactor.
−− If the code does reappear, test the wiring for a short
back to the battery ground. Repair or replace the
defective wire.
2. If the above test doesn’t remove the code, substitute
a new A2 control board assembly.
32
Squeegee actuator open
1. Check for disconnected squeegee actuator motor
wiring or plug connection.
2. Check for an open circuit in actuator motor wiring
(WHT/GRN and BLU/BRN) or for a defective motor
M3.
3. Check for 36 Volts at the actuator motor. If 0 Volts,
check the A2 control board assembly.
33
L1 Solution solenoid open
1. Check for an open circuit in the L1 coil and wiring
(wire colors VIO and YEL/GRN).
2. Test for 36V at the L1 coil. If 0 Volts, check the A2
control board assembly.
48
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Display
Code
34
Control System
Error/Fault Description
Correction
L1 Solution solenoid short to ground
1. Disconnect the L1 solenoid coil wiring (wire colors
VIO and YEL/GRN) and check to see if the code
disappears.
−− If the code disappears, replace the solenoid valve.
−− If the code does reappear, test the wiring for a short
back to the battery ground. Repair or replace the
defective wire.
2. If the above test doesn’t remove the code, substitute
a new A2 control board assembly.
35
Solution control pump open
1. Check for an open circuit in the M12 pump motor and
wiring (wire colors VIO and BLU/ORN).
2. Test for 36V at the pump motor. If 0 Volts, check the
A2 control board assembly.
36
Side broom motor contactor coil
open
1. Check for open circuit in the K6 coil and wiring (wire
colors VIO and BRN/BLK).
2. Test for 36V at the K6 coil. If 0 Volts, check the A2
control board assembly.
37
K6 Side broom motor contactor coil
short to ground
1. Disconnect the K6 coil wiring (wire colors VIO and
BRN/BLK) and check to see if the code disappears.
−− If the code disappears, replace the K6 contactor.
−− If the code does reappear, test the wiring for a short
back to the battery ground. Repair or replace the
defective wire.
2. If the above test doesn’t remove the code, substitute
a new A2 control board assembly.
38
Side broom actuator motor open
1. Use an ohmmeter to check for an open circuit in the
M4 side broom actuator and its wiring (wire colors
GRA/VIO and GRN/ORN). If defective, repair or
replace.
2. Test for 36V at side broom actuator. If 0 Volts, check
the A2 control board assembly.
39
Auxiliary motor contactor coil open
1. Check for an open circuit in the K5 coil and wiring
(wire colors YEL/BRN and BLK/ORN).
2. Test for 36V at the K5 coil. If 0 Volts, check the A2
control board assembly.
40
K5 Auxiliary motor contactor coil
short to ground
1. Disconnect the K5 coil wiring (wire colors YEL/
BRN and BLK/ORN) and check to see if the code
disappears.
−− If the code disappears, replace the K5 contactor.
−− If the code does reappear, test the wiring for a short
back to the battery ground. Repair or replace the
defective wire.
2. If the above test doesn’t remove the code, substitute
a new A2 control board assembly.
41
Back-up alarm open
1. Use an ohmmeter to check for an open circuit in the
H1 back-up alarm and its wiring (wire colors ORN/
BRN and BLU/WHT). If defective, repair or replace.
2. Test for 36V at the back-up alarm. If 0 Volts, check the
A2 control board assembly.
49
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Display
Code
42
Control System
Error/Fault Description
Correction
Back-up alarm short to ground
1. The Back-up alarm and/or its +36V power feed is
shorted to ground. Test the positive wire to ground
for short circuit* (wire colors ORN/BRN battery + and
BLU/WHT battery -). Repair or replace the defective
wiring.
2. Disconnect the alarm and test to see if the circuit
wiring is still causing an error code (shorted). If not,
replace the back-up alarm.
* Short Circuit definition:
• A short circuit is a parallel path of very low resistance, often caused accidentally.
• With low resistance there is an excessive amount of current.
• The excessive current will either melt the wires or open a fusible link.
** See Service Test Mode in this manual for further troubleshooting information.
*** See the Main Control Programming Options section to activate the Brush Type Selection function.
50
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
Removal and Installation
Warning! Before removing or reinstalling any machine components, disconnect the battery
pack by pushing in the emergency-stop switch/battery disconnect, and make sure
the parking brake is engaged.
A2 Control Board Assembly
1. Remove the electrical panel cover
assembly (located to the left of the
operator position). Make sure to
unplug the fan assembly before
removing the electrical panel cover
assembly from the machine.
2. Disconnect the electrical connectors
from the A2 Control Board Assembly.
3. Remove the five Screws holding the A2
Control Board Assembly to the Electrical
Mount and remove the A2 Control
Board Assembly from the machine.
4. Install the A2 Control Board Assembly
by following the above steps in reverse
order.
Screw (5)
A2
Control Board
Assembly
Electrical
Mount
51
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Control System
Specifications
Scrub Pressure and Current Load (Amps) Specifications
Scrub Mode
Scrub
Pressure Indicator
Deck Type
Disc 40”
Cyl. 40”
Disc 45”/48”
Cyl. 45”/48”
Normal Scrub
1 bar (#1)
40 amps
35 amps
50 amps
35 amps
Heavy Scrub
2 bars (#2)
50 amps
45 amps
60 amps
45 amps
Extreme Scrub
3 bars (#3)
65 amps
55 amps
80 amps
55 amps
Solution Flow Rates
Standard flow rates
Override flow rates
1 bar
2 bars
3 bars
4 bars
5 bars
40” Disc
0.84 GPM
1.00 GPM
1.50 GPM
2.00 GPM
2.50 GPM
40” Cylindrical
0.70 GPM
0.84 GPM
1.00 GPM
1.50 GPM
2.50 GPM
45”/48” Disc
1.00 GPM
1.50 GPM
2.00 GPM
2.25 GPM
2.50 GPM
45”/48” Cylindrical
0.84 GPM
1.00 GPM
1.50 GPM
2.00 GPM
2.50 GPM
52
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™
Control System
I/O Tables
A2 Control Board Assembly
• Ladder Diagram: 56015372-G
• Main PCB Assy: 56381049
• UI Panel Assy: 56381083
• UI PCB Schematic: 56381061
• Main PCB Schematic: 56381059
Designation
Pin ID
Wire ID/
Color
Description
Signal
Characteristics
Nominal
Value (when
activated)
Reference
To:
Output
J1-1
BLU/GRA
Detergent
Pump2 (+)
Pulsed Voltage
0 or 36V
B- (ground)
Bidirectional
J1-2
BRN/BLU
CAN-L
Digital
Communication
see comment
see comment
Protocol analyzer needed to verify
connection
Bidirectional
J1-3
GRN/BLU
CAN-H
Digital
Communication
see comment
see comment
Protocol analyzer needed to verify
connection
Input
J1-4
ORN/RED
Speed Control
- Fault
Voltage
see comment
B- (ground)
see comment
Pulsed signal equal to the fault code flashed
by the speed controllers built-in status LED
Input
J1-5
GRN
Battery +
Voltage
+36V
B- (ground)
31V - 38V
Output
J1-6
TAN/BRN
Detergent
Pump1 (-)
Pulsed Voltage
0 or 36V
B- (ground)
see comment Line should alternate between 0V and 36V
below *
when detergent pump is activated
Output
J1-7
BLK/GRA
Detergent
Pump1 (+)
Pulsed Voltage
0 or 36V
B- (ground)
see comment Line should alternate between 0V and 36V
below *
when detergent pump is activated
Input
J1-8
ORN
Battery +
Voltage
+36V
B- (ground)
Output
J1-9
ORN/GRA
Detergent
Pump2 (-)
Pulsed Voltage
0 or 36V
B- (ground)
Input
J1-10
BLK
Battery -
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
RED/WHT
Speed Control Motion
Voltage
0V (moving),
36V (not
moving)
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
(moving),
31 - 38V (not
moving)
YEL/RED
Speed Control Direction
Voltage
0V (reverse),
36V (forward)
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
(reverse),
31 - 38V
(forward)
Input
Input
J1-11
J1-12
Acceptable
Range
Comments
see comment
Complex pulsed PWM signal
below *
31V - 38V
Downstream of circuit breaker F1, Key
switch S1, Diode D1, Seat Switch S2 and
Battery Interlock Switch S3
Downstream of circuit breaker F1, switched
through key switch S1
see comment Line should alternate between 0V and 36V
below *
when detergent pump is activated
53
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™
Control System
Designation
Pin ID
Wire ID/
Color
Description
Signal
Characteristics
Nominal
Value (when
activated)
Reference
To:
Acceptable
Range
Output
J1-13
GRA
UI Panel Ground
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
Input
J1-14
BLK
Battery -
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
Input
J1-15
VIO
Battery +
Voltage
36V
B- (Ground)
31V - 38V
Output
J1-16
WHT/VIO
Center Brush
Contactor
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
Output
J1-17
GRA/RED
Right Brush
Contactor
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
Output
J1-18
YEL/GRN
Solenoid Valve
Pulsed Voltage
0 or 36V
B- (ground)
see comment
Output
J1-19
YEL/BLU
Left Brush
Contactor
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
Output
J1-20
BLU/RED
Horn (-)
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
Output
J1-21
BLU/ORN
Solution Pump
(-)
PWM
0 or -36V
B+
Output
J1-22
WHT/BRN
UI Panel Power Supply
Voltage
+8V
B- (ground)
7 - 9V
Input
J1-23
VIO
Battery +
Voltage
36V
B- (Ground)
31V - 38V
Output
J2-1
WHT/GRN
Squeegee
Actuator +
Voltage
36V
J2-9
Input
J2-2
BRN
Scrub Brush
Motor Shunt
Voltage
.03 - .3V
B- (ground)
Comments
Provides ground to User Interface panel
Downstream of circuit breaker F2, switched
through contactor K5
Line should alternate between 0V and 36V
when solenoid is activated
see comment Pulsed PWM signal. Switched ground return
below **
for pump.
Provides power to User Interface panel
Downstream of circuit breaker F2, switched
through contactor K5
see comment +36V while lowering, -36V while raising
.03 - .3V
.07 - .12V
(Single Vac.
Motor)
Recovery Tank Full voltage = .083V (Single
Vacuum Motor)
Input
J2-3
ORN/BLU
Vacuum Motor
Shunt
Voltage
.10V (Single
Vac)
.20V (Dual
Vac)
Output
J2-4
ORN/BLK
Battery -
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
Voltage
36V
J2-6
see comment
-36V while lowering,
+36V while raising
Voltage
36V
J2-5
see comment
+36V while lowering,
-36V while raising
Output
J2-5
YEL/GRA
Brush
Actuator -
Output
J2-6
RED/BLK
Brush Actuator
+
B- (ground)
.15 - .24V
(Dual Vac.
Motor)
Recovery Tank Full voltage = .166V (Dual
Vacuum Motor)
Return path for Scrub Deck Resistor
54
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™
Control System
Designation
Pin ID
Wire ID/
Color
Description
Signal
Characteristics
Nominal
Value (when
activated)
Reference
To:
Output
J2-7
GRN/ORN
Side Broom
Actuator -
Voltage
36V
J2-8
see comment -36V while lowering, +36V while raising
Output
J2-8
GRA/VIO
Side Broom
Actuator +
Voltage
36V
J2-7
see comment +36V while lowering, -36V while raising
Output
J2-9
BLU/BRN
Squeegee
Actuator -
Voltage
36V
J2-1
see comment -36V while lowering, +36V while raising
Input
J2-10
BLK
Battery -
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
Input
J2-14
BLK
Battery -
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
Output
J2-15
BRN/BLK
Side Broom
Contactor
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
Voltage
1.78V, 2.5V,
3.0V, 3.57V
B- (ground)
Acceptable
Range
Comments
1.78V = 40” Disk
2.50V = 40” Cylindrical
3.0V = 45”/48” Disk
3.57V = 45”/48” Cylindrical
Input
J2-16
GRN/WHT
Scrub Deck
Sense Resistor
Input
J2-17
VIO/YEL
Solution Empty
Switch
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
Output
J2-18
ORN/BRN
Backup Alarm
(+)
Voltage
+15V
B- (ground)
Output
J2-19
BLU/BLK
Speed Control Mode Sel 1
Voltage
0 or 36V
B- (ground)
Depends on which mode the speed
controller is in
Output
J2-20
BLK/WHT
Speed Control Mode Sel 2
Voltage
0 or 36V
B- (ground)
Depends on which mode the speed
controller is in
Output
J2-21
BLK/ORN
Auxiliary
Contactor
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
Output
J2-22
BLU
Vacuum
Contactor
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
Output
J2-23
BLU/WHT
Backup Alarm
(-)
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
Active when tank is empty
* The signal controlling the detergent pump is extremely complex and field troubleshooting should a take a functional approach. Substitute with a known
good detergent pump to check operation. If the known good pump does not operate, and the wiring and control inputs to the EcoFlex™ system is
correct, the EcoFlex™ system is probably defective. Check the resistance of the detergent pump before replacing the EcoFlex™ system so as not to
damage it if the pump is defective.
**The Solution Pump (-) line provides a switched ground return for the pump. When the solution pump is on, a 5KHz signal with a varying duty cycle and
a peak voltage of 36 volts will appear between this pin and B+. Measuring with a DC voltmeter will give a signal in the range of 6 to 27 volts. Changing
the flow rate solution bars on the LCD should produce a relative increase or decrease of the meter reading.
55
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™
Control System
EcoFlex PCB Assembly
• EcoFlex™ PCB Ass’y: 56316110-B
• EcoFlex™ PCB Schematic: 56314929-B
Designation
Pin ID
Wire ID/Color
Description
Signal
Characteristics
Nominal
Value (when
activated)
Reference
To:
Acceptable
Range
Input
J1-1
GRN/GRA
EcoFlex™ Board
Power
Voltage
+5V
B- (ground)
4.5 - 5.5V
Supplied by control board
Input
J1-2
ORN/WHT
EcoFlex™ Board
Ground
Voltage
0V
B- (ground)
0 - 1V
Supplied by control board
unused
J1-3
Output
J1-4
B- (ground)
1 - 5V
Signal is sent to main
control board
Comments
unused
GRA/WHT
EcoFlex™ Chemical
Ratio
Analog Voltage
56
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Electrical System
Functional Description
Overview
This section includes information on battery installation and maintenance, a description of the low-voltage
cut-out function, and descriptions of the battery condition displays.
• For information on the A2 Control Board Assembly, refer to the Control System section.
• For information on the A1 (Curtis) Speed Controller, refer to the Wheel System, Traction section.
57
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Electrical System
Condor EcoFlex™ Ladder Wiring Diagram
RED
+
BT1
BLK
-
BATTERY, 36 Vdc
+
-
+
-
X1
F4
RED
1
X2
RED
2
FUSE, 250 A.
BLK
ORN
GRN
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
A1
SPEED CONTROLLER
F2
X6
WHT/BLK
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
M1
F1
BLU/BLK
BLK/WHT
S2
S1
RED/BLK
WHT/YEL
ORN/RED
YEL/RED
BLK/YEL
BRN/RED
A2
2
FOR.
POT. 5 OHM
BLK 4-A2
RED
2
CONTACT N.O.
H2
ORN
1
RED/WHT
K7
ORN
COIL, MAIN CONTACTOR
BLK
1
MOTOR, TRACTION
VIO/BLK
3
RED B+
RED 4-A1
K7
RED
1
REV.
M-
R1
B-
M
A1
BLK
2
BLK
LAMP, FLASHING
(OPTIONAL)
S1
F1
RED
1
YEL/BRN B1
3
SWITCH, KEY
2
D1
ORN
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 3 AMP
ORN
DIODE
1
S2
2 GRA/ORN
1
S3
2
GRN
SWITCH, SEAT
SWITCH, BAT. INTERLOCK
(FOR ROLL OUT BATTERY)
GRN
ORN
K5
YEL/BRN
F2
RED
BLK/ORN
K5
1
GRN/BLU
2
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15 AMP
1
CONTACTOR, AUX.
VIO
2
CONTACTOR, AUX.
VIO
VIO
J2-21
J1-15
J1-23
K1
VIO
BLU
J2-22
CONTACTOR, VACUUM
K2
VIO
YEL/BLU
WHT/VIO
ORN/RED
BLK/WHT
BLU/BLK
J2-10
BLK
J2-14
BLK
J1:10
BLK
J1-14
BLK
J1-19
CONTACTOR, RIGHT BRUSH
K3
VIO
RED/WHT
YEL/RED
MOTION J1:11
DIRECTION J1-12
FAULT J1-4
MODE 2 J2-20
MODE 1 J2-19
J1-5
J1-8
WHT/BRN
GRA
+8V J1-22
B- J1-13
J1-16
CONTACTOR, CENTER BRUSH
K4
CAN H J1-3
CAN L J1-2
VIO
GRA/RED
A3
SWITCH/DISPLAY
PANEL
ASSEMBLY
J3:1
J3:2
GRN/BLU
BRN/BLU
J3:3
J3:4
J1-17
M2
CONTACTOR, LEFT BRUSH
K6
VIO
BRN/BLK
CONTACTOR, SIDE BROOMS
H4
VIO
1
BLU/RED
2
RED/BLK
J2-6
J2-15
A2
J2:5
CONTROL BOARD
ASSEMBLY
J2-1
J1-20
WHT/GRN
ORN/BRN
+
BACK UP ALARM
(OPTIONAL)
BLU/WHT
M12
+
BLU/ORN
-
M
PUMP, SOLUTION CONTROL
1
TAN/BRN
-
M
PUMP, CHEMICAL METERING
(OPTIONAL)
BLU/GRA
2
GRN/WHT
J1-7
J1-6
ORN/GRA
J4-1
J4-2
J4-4
GRA/WHT
PUMP, CHEMICAL METERING
+
FAN, COOLING
M15
ZENER TVS
1
BLK
-
M
D2
2 +
(OPTIONAL)
BLK
-
M
PUMP, ACCESSORY
H3
1
K1
RED
1
BLU/GRN
2
BLU/GRN
2
(OPTIONAL)
LAMP, HEAD
1
2
1
CONTACTOR, VACUUM
2
BLK
BLK
M5
M
BLU/GRN
MOTOR, VACUUM
2
BLK
1
M6
M
MOTOR, VACUUM
F3
RED
1
M7
K6
2
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 20 A.
1
2
WHT/RED
WHT/RED
BLK
M
CONTACTOR, SIDE BROOMS
RED
BLK
MOTOR, SIDE BROOM
M8
BLK
M
RED
BLK
MOTOR, SIDE BROOM
RED
1
2
WHT/ORN
(+ ON 40" DISK)
-
M9
M
(- ON 40" DISK)
BLK
+
CONTACTOR, RIGHT BRUSH
M10
K3
RED
1
2
GRA/BLK
-
BLU/YEL
+
M
CONTACTOR, CENTER BRUSH
(LEFT MOTOR ON 2 MOTOR DECKS)
M11 MOTOR, CENTER BRUSH
K4
RED
1
MOTOR, RIGHT BRUSH
BLK
+
2
CONTACTOR, LEFT BRUSH
M
-
BLK
(ON 3 MOTOR DECKS)
MOTOR, LEFT BRUSH
FORMS.DSN - E SIZE FORM 1/12/98
BRN
WHT/RED
K2
A4
CHEMICAL
SENSING BOARD
G
M14
VIO
VIO
BLK
2
A4 NOT USED WITH ECOFLEX
ORN/BLU
J1-9
(OPTIONAL)
VIO
SIDE BROOM ACTUATOR
1
BRN
ORN/BLU
-
M
BLK
RESISTOR, SCRUB DECK SENSING
GRN/GRA
ORN/WHT
J2-3
J1-1
1
M16
+
M
S5
ORN/BLK
J2-4
+5V J2-12
B- J2-13
J2-11
J2-2
M13
+
SQUEEGEE ACTUATOR
R2
J1-18
VALVE, SOLENOID
BLK/GRA
RED
VIO/YEL
J1-21
J2-16
YEL/GRN
BLK
GRN/ORN
(OPTIONAL)
2
M
(CLOSES WHEN EMPTY)
SWITCH, SOLUTION EMPTY
L1
VIO
RED
GRA/VIO
J2-17
J2-23
BRUSH ACTUATOR
M4
J2-7
J2-18
BLK
BLU/BRN
J2-9
J2-8
-
M
M3
HORN
H1
VIO
RED
YEL/GRA
1K OHM FOR 40" DISK
10K OHM FOR 40" CYL.
20K OHM FOR 45" & 48" DISK
40K OHM FOR 45" & 48" CYL.
58
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Electrical System
Low-voltage Cut-out Feature
All models discussed in this manual are equipped with a low-voltage cutout feature to prevent overdischarging of the batteries. When a machine’s battery pack voltage falls below a specifically defined
threshold (voltage settings), the scrub system automatically shuts down. The drive motor will still operate in
the low-voltage cut-out mode to allow the machine to be driven to a charging location.
The low-voltage cut-out level is adjustable. The standard lead-acid battery (wet cell) setting is 1.72 volts per
cell. The alternate maintenance-free battery (gel cell) setting is 1.81 volts per cell. The standard lead-acid
battery setting is factory-selected and should be used unless the battery manufacturer specifies the higher
cut-out voltage.
Service Note: A minimum recharge voltage of 2.13 volts per cell must be reached to allow the
scrub and solution systems to function again (reset). A 36-volt battery pack must
increase to a 38.6-volt minimum.
Battery Condition Indicator
The battery indicator displays the state of battery charge. Five vertical bars indicates a fully-charged
battery after a complete charging cycle. The battery indicator will retain the state-of-charge even if the key
switch has been turned off. The state-of-charge indicator is reset to full charge when the batteries have been
recharged. It is also possible to choose between two different low-voltage thresholds depending on whether
maintenance-free or standard (lead-acid) batteries are being used (Have a qualified service engineer perform
this selection*.)
Note: The following percentages are based on usable battery capacity, not total battery capacity.
Therefore, 100% discharge = 80% of total battery capacity for standard wet-cell batteries, or
70% of total battery capacity for maintenance-free batteries.
Battery Indicator
5 vertical indicator bars
Standard
Alternate
36.1+
36.1+
4 vertical indicator bars
35.5-36.1
35.5-36.1
3 vertical indicator bars
34.4-35.5
34.4-35.5
2 vertical indicator bars
33.9-34.4
33.9-34.4
1 vertical indicator bars
32.2-33.9
33.3-33.9
0 vertical indicator bars
30.9-32.2
32.8-33.3
<30.9
<32.8
Low-voltage Cut-out
59
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Electrical System
Battery Location
The Batteries are located in the battery
compartment behind the operator seat and
underneath the recovery tank.
The Battery Disconnect is mounted on the
right side of the operator seat.
Battery (6)
Battery
Disconnect
Maintenance and Adjustments
Warning! Before performing any machine maintenance or adjustments, make sure the key
switch is off and the key is removed from the machine.
Wet-cell Battery Maintenance
Correct maintenance of electric vehicle batteries can greatly extend their life. Well-maintained batteries may
last up to three years, but failure after one year is common if maintenance has been inadequate.
There are three simple rules for good battery maintenance:
• Maintain the correct electrolyte level (check weekly). Use distilled water in batteries whenever possible.
If batteries are discharged, add just enough water to cover the plates in each cell. If batteries are fullycharged, fill each cell to the bottom of the filler tube. Do not overfill the batteries! Do not add acid to
batteries!
• Keep the batteries charged (charge weekly). Batteries should be charged each time that a machine is
used for more than one hour. The battery compartment cover should be open during charging to avoid
a concentrated buildup of hydrogen gas. Operators should follow the instructions provided with their
specific battery charger to determine how long the batteries should be charged. Even when a machine is
stored, the batteries should be charged once a month to prevent the batteries from “sulfating”. Almost all
battery caps are vented, so there’s no need to loosen or remove them for charging.
• Keep the batteries clean (check and clean monthly). Use a damp cloth to wipe dirt from the top of the
batteries. Battery terminals must be clean and tight. If the tops of the batteries are wet after charging,
the batteries have probably been overfilled or overcharged.
Note: If there is acid on the batteries, wash the tops of the batteries with a solution of two
tablespoons of baking soda to one quart/liter of water.
60
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Electrical System
Checking the Battery Water Level
1. Check the water level of the batteries at least once a week.
2. After charging the batteries, remove the vent caps and check the water level in each battery cell. Use
distilled or demineralized water in a battery filling dispenser (available at most auto parts stores) to fill
each cell to the level indicator (or to approximately 3/8” [10 mm] over the top of the separators). Do not
overfill the batteries!
Caution! Acid can spill onto the floor if the batteries are overfilled.
3. Tighten the vent caps.
4. Wash the tops of the batteries with a solution of baking soda and water. Use a mixture of two
tablespoons of baking soda to one quart/liter of water).
Charging Wet-cell Batteries
Charge the batteries each time the machine is used, or when the battery indicator is reading less than full.
To Charge the Batteries
1. Disconnect the machine battery connector.
2. Open the side access panel and push the connector from the charger into the battery connector.
3. Follow the instructions on the battery charger.
4. After charging the batteries, check the fluid level in all battery cells. Add distilled water if necessary to
bring the fluid level up to the bottom of the filler tubes.
Warning!
• Do not fill the batteries before charging.
• Charge the batteries in a well-ventilated area.
• Do not smoke while servicing the batteries.
When Servicing Batteries
• Remove all jewelry.
• Do not smoke.
• Wear safety glasses, rubber gloves and a rubber apron.
• Work in a well-ventilated area.
• Do not allow tools to touch more than one battery terminal at a time.
• ALWAYS disconnect the negative (ground) cable first when replacing batteries to prevent sparks.
• ALWAYS connect the negative cable last when installing batteries.
61
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Electrical System
Caution! To avoid damage to floor surfaces, wipe water and acid from the top of the batteries
after charging.
Troubleshooting
Battery Testing
A battery problem is usually recognized by the machine operator as a decrease in the machine’s running
time. This condition is usually caused by one or more “dead cells” in the battery system – that is, one or more
cells that are putting out less voltage than the other cells.
Note: Always charge batteries before testing.
There are two ways to find a dead cell:
• Use a voltmeter to check the voltage of each battery with the scrub and drive motors running. The battery
with the dead cell will read 1 or 2 volts lower than the other batteries in the system.
• Use a hydrometer to check the specific gravity
(or “state of charge”) of the fluid in each cell. A
dead cell is one that reads 50 points (or more)
lower than the other cells.
Approximate State of Charge Corresponding to
Electrolyte Specific Gravity
If the batteries in the machine are more than one
year old, it’s usually best to replace the whole set
rather than replacing just one battery.
State of Charge
Charged
Specific Gravity
1.265 Initial Full Charge
100%
1.265
75%
1.225
50%
1.190
25%
1.155
Discharged
1.120
General Troubleshooting
Problem
Cause
Correction
No Power to the
Machine
The emergency stop switch/battery
disconnect by the Operator seat is
not connected.
Connect the emergency stop switch/battery
disconnect.
There is a problem on the battery
wiring or connections.
Check the wiring and connections and clean/
repair as necessary.
The 250-amp fuse (F4) is blown.
Replace the fuse.
Weak batteries or battery/batteries
with a dead cell.
Charge and test the batteries. Replace as
necessary.
Short machine run
time.
62
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Electrical System
Removal and Installation
Warning! Before removing or reinstalling any machine components, make sure the key switch
is off and the key is removed from the machine.
To Install the Batteries
Warning!
• Use extreme caution when working with batteries. Sulfuric acid in batteries can cause severe
injury if allowed to contact the skin or eyes.
• Explosive hydrogen gas is vented from the batteries through openings in the battery caps.
This gas can be ignited by any spark, flame or electrical arc. Do not install any lead-acid
battery in a sealed container or enclosure. Hydrogen gas from overcharging must be allowed
to escape.
Caution!
• Electrical components in this machine can be severely damaged if the batteries are not
installed and connected correctly.
• The batteries must be installed only by an Advance representative or dealer, a qualified
electrician or the battery manufacturer.
1. Remove the batteries from their shipping crate and carefully inspect them for cracks or other damage. If
damage is evident, contact the carrier that delivered them, or the battery manufacturer, to file a damage
claim.
2. Turn the key switch off and remove the key.
3. Remove the recovery tank from the machine. (Refer to the Recovery System/Removal and Installation/
Recovery Tank section.)
4. Your machine comes from the factory
with enough battery cables to install
six 6-volt batteries. Using at least
two people and an appropriate lifting
strap, carefully lift the batteries into
the battery compartment and arrange
them exactly as shown. Secure the
batteries as close to the front of the
machine as possible. If installing a
monoblock battery, use an overhead
hoist.
5. Install the battery cables as shown.
Position the cables so the battery caps
can be removed easily for battery
service.
Battery
Disconnect
63
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Electrical System
6. Carefully tighten the nut in each battery terminal until the terminal will not turn. Do not overtighten
the terminals or they will be very difficult to remove for future service.
7. Coat the terminals with spray-on battery terminal coating (available at most auto parts stores).
8. Put one of the black rubber boots over each of the terminals and connect the Battery Disconnect.
Specifications
Component
Specifications
Use a combination of multiple 2-volt cell units to construct a 36-volt DC
battery pack system.
Wet Cell Batteries
Advance-recommended battery pack capacity is a 395 AH @ 20 Hour Rate
deep cycle battery system. Note that the battery pack must fit the battery
compartment size listed in the Technical Specifications.
Use a 36-volt DC output charger matching the DC battery pack voltage and
the input AC line voltage supply being used.
Wet Cell Battery Charger
When selecting a battery charger always follow the recommendation of the
battery supplier to match the correct charger DC output amperage to the
amp-hour rating batteries being installed. This will prevent the battery pack
from being overcharged or undercharged.
The recommended 395 AH battery should be matched to a 36-volt, 36-amp
output charger on machines using six 6-volt batteries.
The optional 450 AH battery should be matched to the Advance 36-volt, 38amp output charger.
Special Tools
A hydrometer can be used to check the specific
gravity of the battery electrolyte. A typical example is
shown here.
64
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Options and Accessories
Brush Selector Guide
• ProLite: Light-duty polypropylene for general scrubbing.
• Prolene: Medium-duty scrubbing on concrete, terrazzo and vinyl floor tile.
• Union Mix: Used for polishing floors.
• Soft Nylon: For use on light dust coated floors where long life is required.
• Hard Nylon: For general use on concrete floors where long life is required.
• AgLite Grit: General scrubbing of urethane coated, sealed or other hard surfaces.
• MidGrit: Lighter action general purpose scrubbing on sealed or unsealed concrete.
• MidLite Grit: General purpose scrubbing of sealed or unsealed concrete floors.
• Dyna Grit: Heavy-duty scrubbing on concrete floors.
• Magna Grit: Extreme heavy-duty scrubbing on concrete floors.
4030D Pad Holders and Disc Brushes (two required)
Description
Short trim pad holder with pad retainer, 20 inch [51 cm]
Pad retainer/centering device only, snap lock
Prolite disc brush, 20 inch [51 cm]
Prolene disc brush, 20 inch [51 cm]
Union Mix disc brush, 20 inch [51 cm]
AgLite Grit 500 disc brush, 20 inch [51 cm]
MidGrit 240 disc brush, 20 inch [51 cm]
MidLite Grit 180 disc brush, 20 inch [51 cm]
Dyna Grit 80 disc brush, 20 inch [51 cm]
Magna Grit 46 disc brush, 20 inch [51 cm]
4030C Cylindrical Brushes and Side Brooms (two of each required)
Description
Soft nylon cylindrical brush, 40 inch [102 cm]
Hard nylon cylindrical brush, 40 inch [102 cm]
Prolene cylindrical brush, 40 inch [102 cm]
MidLite 180 cylindrical brush, 40 inch [102 cm]
Dyna Grit 80 cylindrical brush, 40 inch [102 cm]
Side broom, polypropylene, all-purpose
Side broom, polypropylene, finer bristles for delicate surfaces
65
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
4530D Pad Holders and Disc Brushes (three required)
Description
Short-trim pad holder with pad retainer, 16 inch [41 cm]
Pad retainer/centering device only, snap lock
ProLite disc brush, 16 inch [41 cm]
Prolene disc brush, 16 inch [41 cm]
Union Mix disc brush, 16 inch [41 cm]
AgLite Grit 500 disc brush, 16 inch [41 cm]
MidGrit 240 disc brush, 16 inch [41 cm]
MidLite Grit 180 disc brush, 16 inch [41 cm]
Dyna Grit 80 disc brush, 16 inch [41 cm]
Magna Grit 46 disc brush, 16 inch [41 cm]
4530C Cylindrical Brushes and Side Brooms (two of each required)
Description
Soft nylon cylindrical brush, 45 inch [114 cm]
Hard nylon cylindrical brush, 45 inch [114 cm]
Prolene cylindrical brush, 45 inch [114 cm]
MidLite 180 cylindrical brush, 45 inch [114 cm]
Dyna Grit 80 cylindrical brush, 45 inch [114 cm]
Side broom, polypropylene, all-purpose
Side broom, polypropylene, finer bristles for delicate surfaces
4830D Pad Holders and Disc Brushes (three required)
Description
Short-trim pad holder with pad retainer, 17 inch [43 cm]
Pad retainer/centering device only, snap lock
ProLite disc brush, 17 inch [43 cm]
Prolene disc brush, 17 inch [43 cm]
Union Mix disc brush, 17 inch [43 cm]
AgLite Grit 500 disc brush, 17 inch [43 cm]
MidGrit 240 disc brush, 17 inch [43 cm]
MidLite Grit 180 disc brush, 17 inch [43 cm]
Dyna Grit 80 disc brush, 17 inch [43 cm]
Magna Grit 46 disc brush, 17 inch [43 cm]
Options and Accessories
66
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
4830C Cylindrical Brushes and Side Brooms (two of each required)
Description
Soft nylon cylindrical brush, 48 inch [122 cm]
Hard nylon cylindrical brush, 48 inch [122 cm]
Prolene cylindrical brush, 48 inch [122 cm]
MidLite Grit 180 cylindrical brush, 48 inch [122 cm]
Dyna Grit 80 cylindrical brush, 48 inch [122 cm]
Side broom, polypropylene, all-purpose
Side broom, polypropylene, finer bristles for delicate surfaces
4030C/D Squeegee Kits
Description
46 inch [117 cm] squeegee blade kit, gum rubber, includes front and rear blade
46 inch [117 cm] squeegee blade kit, Linatex®, includes front and rear blade
46 inch [117 cm] squeegee blade kit, polyurethane, includes front and rear blade
Cylindrical deck side skirt, gum rubber, 1 each (2 required per deck)
Cylindrical deck side skirt, Linatex®, 1 each (2 required per deck)
Cylindrical deck side skirt, polyurethane, 1 each (2 required per deck)
Disc deck skirt kit, gum rubber, includes left and right blades
Disc deck skirt kit, Linatex®, includes left and right blades
Disc deck skirt kit, polyurethane, includes left and right blades
4530C/D Squeegee Kits
Description
52 inch [131 cm] squeegee blade kit, gum rubber, includes front and rear blade
52 inch [131 cm] squeegee blade kit, Linatex®, includes front and rear blade
52 inch [131 cm] squeegee blade kit, polyurethane, includes front and rear blade
Cylindrical deck side skirt, gum rubber, 1 each (2 required per deck)
Cylindrical deck side skirt, Linatex®, 1 each (2 required per deck)
Cylindrical deck side skirt, polyurethane, 1 each (2 required per deck)
Disc deck skirt kit, gum rubber, includes left and right blades
Disc deck skirt kit, Linatex®, includes left and right blades
Disc deck skirt kit, polyurethane, includes left and right blades
Options and Accessories
67
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Options and Accessories
4830C/D Squeegee Kits
Description
55 inch [140 cm] squeegee blade kit, gum rubber, includes front and rear blade
55 inch [140 cm] squeegee blade kit, Linatex®, includes front and rear blade
55 inch [140 cm] squeegee blade kit, polyurethane, includes front and rear blade
Cylindrical deck side skirt, gum rubber, 1 each (2 required per deck)
Cylindrical deck side skirt, Linatex®, 1 each (2 required per deck)
Cylindrical deck side skirt, polyurethane, 1 each (2 required per deck)
Disc deck skirt kit, gum rubber, includes left and right blades
Disc deck skirt kit, Linatex®, includes left and right blades
Disc deck skirt kit, polyurethane, includes left and right blades
Options and Accessories
Description
Heavy duty front bumper
Deluxe Grammer seat kit (in lieu of standard)
Refillable detergent cartridge, 2.5 gallons [9.5 L]
Onboard Scrub, Spray and Vacuum kit includes: mounting bracket, vacuum hose w/
solution line, 2 piece stainless steel heavy duty wand with hard floor and soft floor shoes.
CoolTool spray and scrub wand kit
Recovery tank drain hose extension - 11.5 ft [3.5 m]
Floor mat kit
2nd vacuum motor kit
Warning beacon kit
Front headlight kit
Back-up alarm kit
Seat belt kit
Overhead guard
Operator foot guard kit
Battery exchange cart
Solution auto-fill kit
Two position roller battery charger station (charger not included)
Battery tray for (6) 420 AH batteries (batteries not included)
Battery roll out kit (batteries not included)
68
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Options and Accessories
Batteries and Chargers
Description
375 AH C6 monoblock battery
375 AH C6 monoblock battery with roll on roll off kit
450 AH C6 monoblock battery
Shelf charger, single phase 230 VAC / 36 VDC, 38A, for 375 AH C6 battery
Shelf charger, single phase SCR 240/480 VAC / 36 VDC, 96A max, for 450 AH C6 battery
Shelf charger, three phase SCR 240/480 VAC / 36 VDC, 88A max, for 450 AH C6 battery
Deck Kits (includes deck and squeegee, brushes sold separately)
Description
40 inch [102 cm] disc deck (fits disc units only)
40 inch [102 cm] cylindrical deck (fits cylindrical units only)
45 inch [114 cm] disc deck (fits disc units only)
45 inch [114 cm] cylindrical deck (fits cylindrical units only)
48 inch [122 cm] disc deck (fits disc units only)
48 inch [122 cm] cylindrical deck (fits cylindrical units only)
Extended Warranty
Description
3 year / 3000 hours parts and labor from in-service date
4 year / 4000 hours parts and labor from in-service date
69
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
70
Recovery System
Functional Description
Overview
The recovery system picks up the
scrubbing solution from the squeegee
tool and directs it to the Recovery Tank.
Recovery Tank
The Recovery Tank holds 70 gallons
[265 l] of wastewater and supports the
Vacuum Motor, Recovery Tank Lid and
Top Cover Assembly.
Top Cover
Assembly
Float Cage
and Ball
Recovery
Tank Cover
Cover
Gasket
Vacuum Motor
Recovery
Tank
Vacuum Motor
The Vacuum Motor draws air from the
Recovery Tank to create a vacuum in
the tank and at the Squeegee.
The Vacuum Motor switches on
automatically when the scrub system
is enabled and the machine moves
forward. The Vacuum Motor will switch
off after a predetermined time delay
once machine motion stops.
Vacuum
Hose
Squeegee
Hose
Drain
Hose
Squeegee
The Vacuum Motor can also be switched on independent of the scrub system by pressing the vacuum/wand
switch. This is used to pick up solution already on the floor, or when using a wand on the Squeegee Hose.
A current sensor monitors the Vacuum Motor current and will display a fault if the Vacuum Motor current
draw is too high.
Squeegee and Squeegee Hose
The wastewater and air enter the vacuum system at the Squeegee tool through small openings (notches)
located in the front Squeegee blade. The small openings are the entrance points for the water and air and
help speed up the airflow, producing the suction to lift the wastewater off of the floor. The solution travels
through the Squeegee Hose at high speed and into the Recovery Tank. The airflow continues through the
Recovery Tank, vacuum fan inlet screen and Vacuum Motor, then is exhausted out of the Vacuum Hose. No
wastewater ever actually moves through the Vacuum Motor, just the working air.
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Recovery System
Float Cage and Ball
A shutoff Float Cage and Ball prevent the Recovery Tank from being overfilled and stops any water from being
sucked into the Vacuum Motor. When the Float Ball rises (to full-tank level) it will seat itself inside the Cage
assembly and block off the Vacuum Motor airflow. This causes a reduced Vacuum Motor current load which is
sensed by the A2 control board which automatically shuts off the vacuum and scrub systems.
The LCD will then display the recovery tank full indicator
icon to alert the operator that the recovery tank needs to
be drained.
!
Recovery System Wiring Diagram
+
F4
-
Fuse, 250 A
Circuit Breaker, 3 Amp
B+
B-
K7
F1
8
A1
Speed
Controller
4
3
16
15
36V Battery
S1
Key Switch
D1
S2
Diode
Seat Switch
S3
Battery Interlock Switch
(for roll-out Battery)
K5
Motion
Direction
Bat -
F2
Battery Ground
Bat +
Circuit Breaker, 15 Amp
A2 Control
Board
Assembly
CAN H
CAN L
A3
Switch/Display
Panel Assembly
K1
Bat -
Vacuum
Motor Shunt
M5
M
Vacuum Motor
B+
M6
M
Vacuum Motor
B+
B-
71
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Recovery System
Circuit Description
Vacuum Motors M5 and M6 get positive voltage from the Battery when the load sides of contactors K5 and K1
are closed. Contactors K5 and K1 close when the A2 Control Board Assembly connects the K5 and K1 contactor
coils to battery ground. Vacuum Motors M5 and M6 are connected directly to battery ground.
The A2 Control Board Assembly connects the K5 and K1 contactor coils to battery ground when:
• The A3 Switch/Display Panel Assembly sends the A2 Control Board Assembly a signal via the CAN BUS that
the vacuum system has been switched on, or,
• The A1 Speed Controller sends the A2 Control Board Assembly a signal that the wheel drive is switched on,
the scrub system is enabled and the vacuum system has not been switched off.
Note:The A2 Control Board Assembly monitors the voltage input from the Vacuum Motor Shunt
wire connected to the ground side of Vacuum Motors M5 and M6. If the voltage is out of the
acceptable range (.07 - .12 volts for a single vacuum motor or .15 - .24 volts for dual vacuum
motors), the A2 Control Board Assembly will sense that the float ball is sealed against the float
cage and that the recovery tank is full. The A2 Control Board Assembly will then shut down
the vacuum and scrub systems and display a recovery tank full icon on the LCD.
Component Locations
Vacuum Motor and Vacuum Hose
The Vacuum Motor sits in a cavity in the
Recovery Tank. To access the Vacuum
Motor, remove the five Phillips screws and
washers holding the top cover assembly
on the recovery tank and remove the top
cover assembly.
Note that there is room in the
Recovery Tank for an optional second
Vacuum Motor.
The Vacuum Hose is clamped to the
outlet side of the Vacuum Motor and
exhausts the airflow from the Vacuum
Motor through to the underside of the
machine.
Vacuum
Motor
Vacuum
Hose
Recovery
Tank
72
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Recovery System
Top Cover Assembly
The Top Cover Assembly is fastened to the top
of the recovery tank and includes the Vacuum
Filter Lid, Filter, Filter Screen and Recovery Tank
Top. The Vacuum Cover Plate, Float Cage and
contained Float Ball attach to the bottom of the
Recovery Tank Top. The Vacuum Fan Top Gasket
seals the Top Cover Assembly to the recovery
tank.
Vacuum
Filter Lid
Wire
Rope
Filter
Filter
Screen
Float Cage and Ball
The Float Ball is retained inside the two-piece
interlocking Float Cage. The assembled Float
Cage and Float Ball attach to the bottom of the
Recovery Tank Top.
Recovery
Tank Top
Vacuum
Cover Plate
Vacuum
Fan Top
Gasket
Float
Cage
Float
Cage
Float Ball
73
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Recovery System
Recovery Tank Lid
The Recovery Tank Lid is hinged
and opens to allow access to the
Recovery Tank.
Recovery
Tank Lid
Squeegee and Drain Hoses
The Squeegee Hose and Drain
Hoses are mounted on the rear of
the Recovery Tank.
The Squeegee Hose connects the
squeegee to the inlet port on the
Recovery Tank.
The Drain Hose allows you to drain
the Recovery Tank by removing the
Drain Hose Cap.
Recovery
Tank
Drain
Hose
Cap
Drain
Hose
Squeegee
Hose
74
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Recovery System
Maintenance
Warning! Before performing any machine maintenance or adjustments, make sure the key
switch is off, the key is removed from the machine and the parking brake is engaged.
To Inspect and Clean the Vacuum Filter and Inlet Screen
1. Open the tethered Vacuum Filter Lid.
Vacuum
Filter Lid
2. Remove the Filter and Filter Screen by pulling them
out of the recess in the Recovery Tank Top.
3. Clean the Filter and Filter Screen with vacuum or by
washing them in warm water.
Filter
4. When the Filter and Filter Screen are clean and dry,
reinstall them into the Recovery Tank Top.
Filter
Screen
Service Note:The Filter and Filter Screen
must be completely dry before
reinstalling.
5. Replace the Vacuum Filter Lid.
Recovery
Tank Top
To Inspect and Clean the Vacuum Motor Float
Cage
1. Lift the Recovery Tank Lid to access the Float Cage and
captive float ball. The Float Cage is attached to the
underside of the Top Cover Assembly.
2. Carefully remove the Float Cage from the Top Cover
Assembly. Note that the Float Cage is a two-piece
design and can be snapped apart to separate for
cleaning.
3. Clean any debris from the Float Cage slots with a rag,
or by flushing the Float Cage with water. The Float
Cage slots must be kept clean to prevent any airflow
restriction.
4. Reassemble the Float Cage and captive float ball and
reinstall into the Top Cover Assembly.
5. Inspect the Recovery Lid Gasket to make sure it is not
damaged and is sealing correctly.
Float
Cage
Recovery
Tank Lid
Recovery
Lid
Gasket
Top Cover
Assembly
75
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Recovery System
Troubleshooting
If water flows around the ends of the squeegee tool instead of being pulled into the tool, the vacuum system
is not working correctly. This is usually due to either vacuum leaks, or restrictions in the squeegee tool,
vacuum hoses or float cage.
Problem
Cause
Correction
Poor water pickup
* Vacuum leak(s) due to:
• Check the drain hose cap and tighten/replace as
necessary.
• Leaky drain hose cap
• Leaky hose
• Check the squeegee and recovery tank hoses and
tighten/replace as necessary.
• Bad gasket
• Check the gaskets and replace as necessary.
• Damaged tank
• Check the recovery tank for damage.
Restrictions due to built-up
debris in the squeegee tool,
vacuum hoses or float cage
1. Check the squeegee tool, vacuum hoses and float
cage for any accumulated dirt or debris and clean
as necessary.
2. Check the vacuum system airflow pathway
wherever the airflow is forced to make a sharp
turn for any accumulated dirt or debris and clean
as necessary.
Vacuum motor(s)
will not run.
Vacuum motor overload
(error code 09 displayed)
1. Check for debris in the vacuum motor(s).
2. Check for worn carbon brushes - replace brushes.
3. Defective motor bearings - repair or replace.
4. Check for a short circuit in the vacuum motor or
wiring - repair or replace.
Vacuum motor contactor
coil overload (error code 10
displayed)
1. Check for a K1 coil wiring problem or short circuit
(wire colors VIO and BLU).
Vacuum motor open (error
code 29 displayed)
1. Check for disconnected vacuum motor wiring.
2. Check the coil resistance. If the coil resistance is
below 80 ohms, replace the coil.
2. Check for an open circuit in the vacuum motor
wiring or for a defective motor.
3. Check for 36 Volts at the vacuum motor. If 0 Volts,
replace the vacuum motor contactor K1.
Vacuum motor contactor
coil open (error code 30
displayed)
1. Check for an open circuit in the K1 coil and wiring
(wire colors VIO and BLU).
K1 Vacuum motor contactor
1. Disconnect the K1 coil wiring (wire colors VIO and
BLU) and check to see if the code disappears.
coil short to ground (error
code 31 displayed)
2. Test for 36V at the K1 coil. If 0 Volts, check the A2
control board assembly.
−− If the code disappears, replace the motor
contactor.
−− If the code does reappear, test the wiring for
a short back to the battery ground. Repair or
replace the defective wire.
2. If the above test doesn’t remove the code,
substitute a new A2 control board assembly.
*A vacuum leak below the waterline will create turbulence in the recovery tank, causing water to enter the
vacuum motor(s).
76
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Recovery System
Removal and Installation
Warning! Before removing or reinstalling any machine components, disconnect the battery
pack by pushing in the emergency-stop switch/battery disconnect, and make sure
the parking brake is engaged.
Recovery Tank
1. Drain the recovery tank.
2. Disconnect the squeegee hose from the squeegee tool, and from the top of the recovery tank (twist the
hose to remove).
Note: Removing the squeegee tool at the mount will allow more room to maneuver when removing
the recovery tank.
3. Disconnect the Vacuum Motor Wiring Connector
located underneath the left rear bottom of the
recovery tank.
Vacuum Motor
Wiring Connector
4. Release the Tank Latch and tilt the tank
toward the rear.
Tank
Latch
77
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Recovery System
5. Disconnect the Tank Tether from the back of
the operator seat.
Caution: Maintain a good grip on the
recovery tank and control
the tank as you lower it. Do
not allow the tank to fall to
the floor on its own.
Tank
Tether
6. Carefully lower the tank to the floor level.
7. Note that the tank is attached to the chassis
by two pins. Lift up on the tank ends to
separate and pull the tank free from the
machine.
Caution: Be careful not to crush or damage the drain hose when pulling the tank from the
chassis.
8. To reinstall the tank:
a. Align each side of the tank bracket with the chassis pins one at a time.
b. Grip the opening of the tank cover at the rear and quickly lift up to set (engage) the tank in its
upright position.
c. Reconnect the Tank Tether to the back of the operator seat.
d. Swing the tank up to the vertical position to reengage the Tank Latch.
e. Reconnect the vacuum motor wiring connector and squeegee hose.
Vacuum Motor
1. Drain the recovery tank.
2. Release the Tank Latch and tilt the tank to the
rear.
Tank
Latch
78
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
3. Remove the five Screws from the Top Cover
Assembly, then lift the Top Cover Assembly,
straight up while guiding the float cage up
through the opening in the recovery tank.
Recovery System
Screw (5)
Top Cover
Assembly
4. Disconnect the Vacuum
(exhaust) Hose from the
Vacuum Motor.
5. Disconnect the wiring harness
connector from the Vacuum
Motor and lift the Vacuum
Motor out from its mounting
cavity.
6. Inspect the following vacuum
system gaskets and replace as
necessary:
Vacuum Filter
Lid Gasket
Filter
Filter
Screen
Vacuum
Fan
Gaskets
RS Strip
Gasket
Vacuum Fan
Top Gasket
• Vacuum Filter Lid Gasket
• Vacuum Fan Top Gasket
• RS Strip Gasket
• Vacuum Fan Gaskets
7. Clean the vacuum motor
Filter, Filter Screen and Vacuum
(exhaust) Hose.
8. Inspect the carbon motor
brushes. If the carbon brushes
are less than 3/8” (10 mm) in
length, replace the brushes.
9. Reinstall the Vacuum Motor by
following the above steps in
reverse order.
Vacuum
Motor
Vacuum
(exhaust)
Hose
79
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Recovery System
Specifications
Component
Specifications
Vacuum Motor
36 VDC, Insulation Class: A
One Vacuum Motor
Vacuum Lift
Two Vacuum Motors
(Sealed) 68 in. H2O
(Open Hole Adapter 1”) 14 in. H2O
(Sealed) 74 in. H2O
(Open Hole Adapter 1”) 27 in. H2O
Special Tools
Vacuum water lift gauge, Nilfisk-Advance part number 56205281
80
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
81
Scrub System, Cylindrical
Functional Description
Overview
The Condor EcoFlex™ cylindrical scrub deck models use two cylindrical brushes that counter-rotate to sweep
up light debris into a removable hopper, and scrub at the same time. The two scrub brushes are powered on
opposing ends by 1-1/2 HP permanent-magnet motors and drive belts.
The scrub deck actuator raises and lowers the scrub deck, and automatically adjusts the deck height while
scrubbing to maintain the desired scrub pressure.
Cylindrical Scrub System Wiring Diagram
+
F4
-
Fuse, 250 A
K7
F1
Circuit Breaker, 3 Amp
B+
B-
8
A1
Speed
Controller
4
3
16
15
36V Battery
S1
Key Switch
D1
S2
Diode
Seat Switch
S3
Battery Interlock Switch
(for roll-out Battery)
K5
Motion
Direction
Bat -
F2
Battery Ground
Bat +
Circuit Breaker, 15 Amp
A2 Control
Board
Assembly
A3
Switch/Display
Panel Assembly
CAN H
CAN L
M2
K2
RED
Bat -
Right Brush Contactor
BLK
Brush Actuator
K3
S5
Bat -
Center Brush Contactor
M
Solution Empty Switch
(closes when empty)
1
B+
J2-2
1
K2
K3
Scrub Deck Sensing Resistor
10K Ohm for 40" Cyl.
40K Ohm for 45" & 48" Cyl.
-
M
+
Right Brush Motor
M10
2
Left Brush Contactor
B+
2
M9
2
Right Brush Contactor
1
BRN
R2
-
M
+
Left Brush Motor
B-
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Cylindrical
Circuit Description
The coil sides of contactors K2 and K3 get positive voltage from the Battery when the load side of contactor
K5 is closed. Contactor K5 closes when the A2 Control Board Assembly connects the K5 coil to battery ground.
Contactors K2 and K3 are connected to battery ground through the A2 Control Board Assembly.
The Right Brush Motor M9 and Left Brush Motor M10 get positive voltage from the Battery when the load sides of
contactors K2 and K3 are closed respectively. Contactors K2 and K3 close when the A2 Control Board Assembly
connects the K2 and K3 coils to battery ground. The Right Brush Motor M9 and Left Brush Motor M10 are
connected directly to battery ground.
The Brush Actuator M2 gets voltage from the A2 Control Board Assembly which switches the polarity to move
the scrub deck up or down. When the A2 Control Board Assembly receives a signal from the A3 Switch/Display
Panel Assembly via the CAN BUS that the operator has pressed the scrub on switch, the A2 Control Board
Assembly sends the appropriate voltage to the Brush Actuator M2 to lower the scrub deck to the operating
position.
The Scrub Deck Sensing Resistor R2 senses the deck size so the operator does not need to program the deck
size into the hidden menu.
As the brush motor current passes through the BRN current sense wire, which is in effect a low-value
resistor, a small voltage drop is developed across it which is proportional to the motor current. This voltage
change is inputted to pin J2-2 on the A2 Control Board Assembly. Any surrounding temperature change in
the BRN current sense wire affects its resistance, so the temperature is sensed by a thermistor built into
the A2 Control Board Assembly. This allows error correction for the temperature resistance changes in the
BRN current sense wire. When A2 Control Board Assembly senses a current draw out of the desired range it
automatically turns on the M2 actuator motor to raise or lower the scrub deck. This process is ongoing in
maintaining the operator’s selected scrub motor current load setting to sustain the desired brush working
pressure.
82
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Cylindrical
Component Locations
The 1-1/2 HP permanent-magnet Scrub
Motors drive Poly V Sheaves and Drive Belts
that drive the broom drive lug assemblies
coupled to the brushes.
The Scrub Deck Actuator Assembly
raises and lowers the scrub deck and
automatically adjusts the deck height
during scrubbing to maintain the correct
scrub pressure.
The Hopper Assembly holds the dust and
debris swept up by the scrub brushes, and
can be removed for dumping and cleaning.
Scrub Deck
Actuator
Assembly
Scrub
Motor (2)
The Side Skirts direct the waste water to
the squeegee and help keep the water
confined within the cleaning path. The
Side Skirt height is adjustable, and the
Side Skirts can be removed for cleaning or
replacement.
Hopper
Assembly
Poly V Sheave/
Drive Belt (2)
(under
Belt Guard)
Side
Skirt (2)
Maintenance and Adjustments
Warning! Before performing any machine maintenance or adjustments, make sure the key
switch is off, the key is removed from the machine and the parking brake is engaged.
General Scrub System Maintenance
The scrubbing system must be serviced at regular intervals to maintain good scrubbing performance. Follow
the maintenance steps listed below.
Daily Maintenance
• Dump the sweeping debris from the hopper.
• Rinse and clean any built-up debris from the hopper drain holes.
83
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Cylindrical
Weekly Maintenance
• Clean the drain holes in the solution delivery trough on top of the scrub deck.
• Clean any built-up dirt from the inside of the scrub brush housing.
• Remove any string wrapped around the scrub brushes, drive hubs and idler hubs.
• Remove both the scrub brushes and rotate end-for-end. Refer to the Removal and Installation/Scrub
Brushes section.
Monthly Maintenance
• Inspect the scrub brush bristles for wear, the brushes should be replaced when the bristle length is 1 inch
(26 mm) or less.
Scrub Brush Belt Replacement
1. Remove the Side Skirt
Assembly on the side needing
belt replacement.
2. Remove the two hex nuts (10
mm socket) and Phillips screw
holding the Belt Guard, then
remove the Belt Guard.
Hex
Screw
Belt
Idler Arm
Assembly
Flat
Head
Screw
3. Loosen the Flat Head Screw
and Hex Screw holding the Belt
Idler Arm Assembly in position
to release the tension on the
belt, then roll the belt off the
pulleys to remove.
4. Install a new belt onto the
pulleys.
Belt Guard
Side Skirt
Assembly
84
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
5. Rotate the 1” wide Idler Arm
with an adjustable wrench
so the Idler Arm is centered
between the two holes drilled
into the motor mount plate.
This will provide a good
preliminary tension setting.
6. Tighten the Flat Head Screw.
Scrub System, Cylindrical
Idler
Arm
Flat Head
Screw
7. Remove the adjustable wrench
from the Idler Arm and tighten
the Hex Screw (shown in the
figure on the preceding page).
8. Check for 1/8” deflection at
the belt midpoint and make
any additional belt tension
adjustments as necessary.
This will ensure the correct
belt performance and belt/
bearing life.
9. Reinstall the Belt Guard and
Side Skirt Assembly, then test
the scrub system for correct
operation.
Lift Actuator Adjustment
This section explains the steps for adjusting the actuator drive nut (Spring Housing Assembly) setting for the
scrub deck actuator motor.
Using the Actuator Power Cord Adapter
The adjacent drawing shows the special
actuator power cord adapter (p/n 56407502)
that is needed to connect the machine’s
battery pack and actuator motor for setting
the actuator drive nut limit settings. To
connect the actuator power cord adapter:
1. Open the machine battery compartment
and disconnect the battery connector. The
battery pack is needed to power the scrub
deck actuator motor to correctly set the IN
and OUT limit switches.
2. Connect the actuator motor to be tested to
the power cord adapter end.
3. Connect the alligator clips from the cord adapter (red clip to the positive and black to negative) to
battery connector or battery posts. Use the rocker switch on the actuator power cord adapter to change
the motor rotation when setting the correct actuator drive nut dimensions.
85
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Cylindrical
Service Note: You can also use the above actuator power cord adapter to help position the drive
nut/spring housing assembly (in or out) for ease in actuator motor installations.
Drive Nut Adjustment
1. • If you’re installing a new scrub deck actuator motor, begin with step 2 below.
• If you’re adjusting the Drive Nut on the existing scrub deck actuator, skip to step 5 on the following
page.
2. Remove (spin-off) the plastic Drive
Nut and install the Upper Housing
Spring onto the actuator lead
screw shaft.
3. Reinstall the Drive Nut as shown
with the nut pin pocket away from
the motor.
4. Assemble the Lower Housing
Spring, Spring Housing, Nut
Retainer (two-piece) and mounting
hardware.
Upper Housing Spring
Lower Housing Spring
Nut
Retainer
Drive Nut
Nut
Retainer
Spring
Housing
86
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
5. Hold onto the Spring Housing
Assembly and press the rocker
switch on the actuator power
cord adapter to run the drive
motor and retract the Spring
Housing Assembly toward the
motor housing (its Retracted
limit).
6. Measure the position of the
Spring Housing Assembly on
the actuator shaft. Manually
turn the Spring Housing
Assembly to the appropriate
Retracted position shown in
the table below.
Scrub System, Cylindrical
Cam
Adjuster
Cover
Nut
Retainer
Service Note:The Inner Spring (upper housing spring) is set at a pre-loaded compressed setting.
It will be necessary to slightly override the manual adjustment after running the
Spring Housing Assembly in and turning it by hand. A small problem is observed in
the retracted position as the pin mounting bracket interferes with the motor.
Part #
Actuator Motor
Spring Housing
Retracted Position
Spring Housing
Extended Position
Models
56413700
Scrub Brush Lift*
4-1/8” [10.48cm]
4” [10.16cm]
All
*The Retracted dimension reference point is the edge of the gearbox case to the center pin weldment of the
assembled Nut Retainer. The Extended dimension reference point is the edge of the gearbox to the edge of
the plastic Spring Housing Assembly as shown in the above drawing.
Note: All adjustment settings are measured out of the machine (not attached).
7. After making the initial adjustment, hold the Spring Housing Assembly and run it out enough so that the
Nut Retainer can be turned in to make up difference from the dimension targeted. For example: the first
Retracted dimension measures 4-1/2” minus the 4-1/8 target dimension the difference is 3/8”. Turn the
Spring Housing Assembly manually 3/8”, then run the Spring Housing Assembly in under power until the
inner limit stops the motor. Readjust until the Retracted Position is as shown in the above table.
8. Hold the Spring Housing Assembly, then press the rocker switch on the actuator power cord adapter to
run the drive motor to the Extended position (wait until the motor stops).
9. Measure the position of the Spring Housing Assembly on the shaft and compare the measurement with
the Extended position shown in the above table.
10. If the measurement doesn’t match the dimension shown in the table, remove the Cam Adjuster Cover and
adjust the Extended position as follows:
• To increase the travel of the spring housing assembly, turn the adjuster clockwise.
• To decrease the travel of the assembly, turn the adjuster counterclockwise.
87
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Cylindrical
Note: Use a 1/2” (13mm) socket to turn the adjuster. Each click of the adjuster will change the
spring housing assembly travel 1/16 inch (1.6mm).
11. After each adjustment, hold the Spring Housing Assembly, run the actuator in and out and check both
dimensions.
12. After checking that the Spring Housing Assembly limits are set correctly, replace the Cam Adjuster Cover.
13. After adjusting the actuator
Spring Housing Assembly
dimensions, refer to the Removal
and Installation/Scrub Deck Lift
Actuator section to reassemble
it in the machine. Refer to the
adjacent drawing to correctly
mount the top of actuator motor to
the chassis by model size.
Service Note: Note the correct orientation of the Spring Housing Assembly when installing the
complete motor assembly and also run the Spring Housing Assembly to the Retracted
(in) position before you install it in the machine.
Side Skirt Replacement and Adjustment
During normal use the side skirt blades will wear in time. The operator will notice a small amount of water
leaking out underneath the side skirts. You can easily adjust the side skirt height to lower the blades to
allow the squeegee to pick up the water more effectively.
88
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Cylindrical
To reverse or replace the scrub system side skirt blade(s):
1. Loosen the two side skirt Retainer
Knobs (two per side) and remove
the Side Skirt Assemblies from the
scrub deck. Remove the Side Skirt
Assemblies by first sliding them
forward, then pulling them off.
2. Remove all the hardware that
holds the Skirt Blades to the
Bracket Weldments. Note that the
Skirt Blade is held on with tool-less
retainers. Simply loosen the large
Thumb Nuts, then turn the Knobs
on the outside of the Skirt Strap
until they are horizontal, then
push them through the slots.
Height
Adjusting
Knob (2)
3. The main Skirt Blade has four
working edges as shown. Turn the
Skirt Blade so a clean, undamaged
edge faces toward the center of
the machine. Replace the Skirt
Blades as a set if all four edges are
nicked, torn or worn beyond their
ability to be adjusted.
4. Reinstall the Side Skirt Assemblies
onto the machine and check the
height of the Skirt Blades for
correct contact on the floor when
the brush deck is lowered to the
scrub position. The Skirt Blades
should fold over just enough when
scrubbing that all the waste water
is contained inside the skirting. If
necessary, adjust the height of the
Side Skirt Assemblies as follows:
Front
Retainer
Knob (2)
Side Skirt
Assembly
Bracket
Weldment
Thumb
Nut (typical)
Skirt
Strap
Knob
(typical)
1
2
3
4
a. Loosen the Retainer Knobs.
Skirt
Blade
b. Rotate the Height Adjusting
Knobs to raise or lower
the Side Skirt Assembly as
necessary.
Note: Make small adjustments to obtain good blade wiping. Do not lower the blades too much to
where they fold over excessively as this can cause excessive blade wear.
c. When the Skirt Blade contact is correct, tighten the Retainer Knobs.
89
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Cylindrical
Troubleshooting
Problem
Cause
Correction
The scrub system
will not operate
Scrub deck sense R2
resistor fault (error code 01
displayed)
Scrub deck sensor resistor is unplugged or
damaged.
1. Check the resistor wiring for an open.
2. Substitute a new resistor and test the scrub deck
for correct operation.
Note that there are four different resistor values
used on the different deck types. See the electrical
diagram decal for the correct specification of the
resistor to replace.
Scrub motor overload (error
code 04 displayed)
1. Check for binding in the rotation of the brushes
and incorrect brush deck lift actuator operation.
2. Check the negative supply cable at the brush
motor for a wiring problem, and also the small
BRN current sense wire in the harness and A2 pin
J2-2.
3. Check for a short circuit in the brush motor or
wiring. Check for excessive belt tension and the
condition of the idler bearing.
Center brush motor
contactor coil overload (error
code 06 displayed)
1. Check for a K3 coil wiring problem or a short
circuit (wire colors VIO and WHT/VIO).
2. Check the coil resistance. If the resistance is
below 75 ohms, replace the coil.
Note that the nominal coil resistance is 94 ohms for
both motor contactors.
Right brush motor contactor
coil overload (error code 07
displayed)
1. Check for a K2 coil wiring problem or a short
circuit* (wire colors VIO & YEL/BLU).
Scrub motor open (error
code 21 displayed)
1. Check for an open circuit in the motor wiring or for
a defective motor.
2. Check the coil resistance. If the resistance is
below 75 ohms, replace the coil.
2. Check for 36 volts at the scrub motor that is not
running. If you get 0 Volts, replace the brush
motor contactor.
Center brush motor
contactor coil open (error
code 24 displayed)
1. Check for an open circuit in the K3 coil and wiring
(wire colors VIO and WHT/VIO).
Center brush motor
contactor coil short to
ground (error code 25
displayed)
1. Disconnect the K3 coil wiring (wire colors VIO
and WHT/VIO) and check to see if the code
disappears.
−− If the code disappears, replace the brush
contactor.
−− If the code does reappear, test the wiring for
a short back to the battery ground. Repair or
replace the defective wire.
2. Test for 36V at the K3 coil. If you get 0 Volts,
check the A2 control board assembly.
2. If the above test doesn’t remove the code,
substitute a new A2 control board assembly.
90
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Cylindrical
Problem
Cause
Correction
The scrub system
will not operate
(continued)
Right brush motor contactor
coil open (error code 26
displayed)
1. Check for an open circuit in the K2 coil and wiring
(wire colors VIO and YEL/BLU).
Right brush motor contactor
coil short to ground (error
code 27 displayed)
1. Disconnect the K2 coil wiring (wire colors VIO
and YEL/BLU) and check to see if the code
disappears.
2. Test for 36V at the K2 coil. If you get 0 Volts,
check the A2 control board assembly.
−− If the code disappears, replace the brush
contactor.
−− If the code does reappear, test the wiring for
a short back to the battery ground. Repair or
replace the defective wire.
2. If the above test doesn’t remove the code,
substitute a new A2 control board assembly.
The scrub deck
actuator doesn’t
raise or lower the
scrub deck
Scrub deck actuator
overload (error code 08
displayed)
• Normal current load is 1-3
amps.
• Max current load is 6
amps.
• Max current with no load
is 1.4 amps.
Scrub deck actuator open
(error code 28 displayed)
1. Check for binding or a frozen brush lift linkage
and excessive weight on the brush deck.
2. Check for a short circuit in the actuator motor and
wiring. Repair or replace.
To test the actuator, disconnect the motor plug
and attach the actuator power cord adapter (p/n
56407502) and perform an amp draw test. Compare
readings to the current load specifications to the left.
1. Check for disconnected lift actuator wiring.
2. Check for an open circuit in the motor wiring or for
a defective motor.
3. Check for output voltage from the A2 control
board assembly at the actuator wiring plug. It
should be 36 volts. If 0 Volts, check the A2 control
board assembly.
91
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Cylindrical
Removal and Installation
Warning! Before removing or reinstalling any machine components, make sure the key switch
is off, key is removed from the machine and the parking brake is engaged.
Scrub Brushes
1. Make sure the scrub deck is
in the raised position and the
key switch is off.
2. Loosen the Retainer Knobs,
then slide the Side Skirt
Assembly forward slightly,
then off of the scrub deck.
3. Loosen the Thumb Nut on top
of the Broom Idler Assembly
until the Broom Idler Assembly
drops down far enough to
disengage it from the Notches,
then remove the Broom Idler
Assembly.
4. Remove the Brush from the
housing.
5. To reinstall a Brush, slide
it into the housing, lift it
slightly, then push and turn
the Brush until it seats.
6. Reinstall the Broom Idler
Assembly and Side Skirt
Assembly.
Notch
Brush
Retainer
Knob (2)
Thumb Nut
Broom Idler
Assembly
Side Skirt
Assembly
92
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Cylindrical
Scrub Brush Deck
Warning! Engage the parking brake and chock both rear wheels so the machine can’t roll.
1. Loosen the four side
skirt Retainer Knobs
(two per side) and
remove the Side Skirt
Assemblies from the
deck.
Spring Housing
Assembly
Solution
Feed Hose
2. Slide out the Hopper.
3. With the scrub
brushes installed in
the deck, press the
Scrub On button to
lower the deck to the
floor.
Scrub Deck
Actuator
Cotter
Hair Pin
Retainer
Pin
Hopper
ID Resistor
Plug
Pivot
Support
Arm (4)
Retainer
Knob (4)
Hex
Nut (4)
Side Skirt
Assembly
Service Note: Once the brush deck is in the lowered position, don’t turn the key switch off until
you disconnect the battery pack (push in the Emergency Disconnect). This will
prevent the scrub deck from automatically rising when the key is turned off.
4. Turn the key switch off.
5. Remove the Solution Feed Hose at the solution solenoid valve located underneath the left side of the
machine ahead of the rear wheel.
6. Remove bottom lift actuator Cotter Hair Pin, then push the Retainer Pin from its housing and mount
bracket holes.
7. Disconnect the actuator wire harness connector. Note that this will prevent the actuator from being
switched on and rising when it is disconnected from its deck mount.
Service Note: Connect the Advance power cord adapter (p/n 56407502) to the lift motor harness,
then position (relieve the pressure on) the Retainer Pin for ease of removal.
8. Note the correct brush motor wire connections at each individual motor, then remove all the wiring from
the motor terminals.
9. Locate the ID (identification) Resistor Plug on the scrub brush deck and separate its connector.
93
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Cylindrical
10. Remove the four Hex Nuts, hex screws and bushings from the left and right front deck supports, then
swing the Pivot Support Arms away from their mounting holes.
Service Note: Removing both the left and right side brooms and both front chassis corner rollers
will allow easier access to the mounting hardware on the four front scrub deck
support arms.
Warning! Safely jack up the front of the machine 1-1/2 to 2 inches (38-50 mm) and put a wood
block (2 x 4) underneath the drive wheel for a safety support.
11. Run the Scrub Deck Actuator to its retracted (up) position to get the clearance needed to pull the scrub
deck assembly out from underneath the machine.
Service Note: Connect the power cord adapter (p/n 56407502) to the actuator motor and use the
adapter to shorten the Scrub Deck Actuator length. Hold the Spring Housing Assembly
when you run the Scrub Deck Actuator motor to maintain the correct retracted and
extended position settings. See the Lift Actuator Adjustment section in this manual
for additional details.
An alternate method to get the needed actuator clearance to slide the deck out from
under the machine would be to safely jack up the front of the machine.
Warning! Support both front corners with adequate jack stands or blocking before working
underneath the machine.
12. Carefully slide the complete deck assembly out from underneath the machine from either side.
Note: Observe the position of the disconnected lift actuator housing and swing it to the rear to clear
its mount bracket pocket.
94
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Cylindrical
Scrub Deck Lift Actuator
Note: All new replacement actuator motors are not shipped with the lift nut pre-adjusted for any
specific machine model application.
Note: The scrub deck must be removed to access the top mount bracket on the scrub deck lift motor.
1. Remove the scrub deck by following the steps in the Scrub Brush Deck section.
2. Locate and remove the upper Cotter
Hair Pin from underneath the middle
of the machine.
3. Slide the actuator Mount Pin from the
housing and frame mounting bracket
holes allowing the motor to drop down
completing its removal.
4. Refer to the Drive Nut Adjustment
section for instructions on how to
install a new drive nut and set the
extended and retracted positions.
Mount
Pin
Cotter
Hair Pin
Mount
Pin
Cotter
Hair Pin
5. Install the scrub deck actuator by
following the above steps in reverse
order.
Service Note: You can use the actuator power cord adapter (p/n 56407502) to help position
(extend or retract) the lift actuator housing for ease in installing the bottom Mount
(clevis) Pin.
95
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Cylindrical
Scrub Brush Motor
Note: It is not necessary to remove the complete scrub deck assembly from the machine to service
an individual scrub brush motor.
1. Remove the Side Skirt Assembly
on the side of the deck
that needs the scrub motor
replaced.
Gear
Clamp (2)
Motor
Shroud (2)
2. Slide out the Hopper.
3. With the scrub brushes
installed in the deck, press the
Scrub On button to lower the
deck to the floor.
Service Note: Once
the brush deck is in the
lowered position, don’t
turn the key switch off
until you disconnect the
battery pack (push in the
Emergency Disconnect).
This will prevent
the scrub deck from
automatically rising
when the key is turned
off.
4. Turn the key switch off.
Hopper
Screw (4)
Scrub
Motor
Belt Guard
Side Skirt
Assembly
5. Loosen both worm Gear Clamps that fasten the inboard and outboard Motor Shrouds to the motor
housing, then remove both Motor Shrouds from the motor.
6. Remove the two hex nuts (10 mm socket) and Phillips screw holding the Belt Guard and remove the Belt
Guard.
7. Remove the four motor mount Screws holding the Scrub Motor to its deck mount. Also note that the Scrub
Motor may stick to the motor mount, so be careful and watch your fingers as the motor will drop.
8. Turn the Scrub Motor clockwise to access the motor terminal studs. Note the wire connections for correct
reassembly, then remove both motor wires.
9. Lower the deck assembly to the deck actuator’s maximum down position (travel) to get the clearance
needed to remove the motor from the machine. You can do this either of two ways:
• Reconnect the battery, then lower the scrub deck in the service test mode. (Refer to the Control
System/Service Test Mode section.)
• Connect the actuator power cord adapter to the deck actuator motor and run (lower) the deck housing.
(Refer to the Drive Nut Adjustment section for details.)
10. Pull and push the Scrub Motor back toward the rear of the machine to clear the chassis supports and
remove it at the Hopper.
96
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Cylindrical
11. To install a Scrub Brush Motor:
a. Follow the above steps in reverse order with the exception that the drive belt tension must be
reduced to allow the installation of the four motor mount Screws.
b. Refer to the Scrub Brush Belt Replacement section and follow the instructions on how to replace or
tension the belt.
Specifications
Component
Specifications
Voltage – 36 VDC
Power – 1100 Watt
Scrub Brush Motor
Speed – 2200 RPM
Current – 30 Amps
UP Rating – 55
Type – permanent magnet, 36 VDC, 1/5 HP, reversible
Motor-to-drive-screw ratio – 19.1:1
Performance Data
Deck Actuator Motor
No Load – Thrust 0 lbs., Speed 36 ±4 in/min, 1.0 ±0.5 Amps
Full Load – Thrust 600 lbs., Speed 29 ±3 in/min, 5.0 ±1 Amps
Stall Current – 25 Amps max.
Start Thrust – 600 lbs. min.
Special Tools
Actuator Power Cord Adapter, p/n 56407502
97
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
98
Scrub System, Disc
Functional Description
Overview
The Condor EcoFlex™ disc models use rotary brushes powered by permanent-magnet motors and gearbox
assemblies. The 40” decks have two scrub brushes that are both powered by one 3 HP motor/gearbox
assembly. The 45” and 48” decks have three brushes, each powered by a separate 1-1/2 HP motor/gearbox
assembly.
The scrub deck lift actuator raises and lowers the scrub deck, and automatically adjusts the deck height
while scrubbing to maintain the desired scrub pressure.
Disc Scrub System Wiring Diagram
+
F4
-
Fuse, 250 A
B-
K7
F1
Circuit Breaker, 3 Amp
B+
8
A1
Speed
Controller
4
3
16
15
36V Battery
S1
Key Switch
D1
S2
Diode
Seat Switch
S3
Battery Interlock Switch
(for roll-out Battery)
K5
Motion
Direction
Bat -
F2
Battery Ground
Bat +
Circuit Breaker, 15 Amp
A2 Control
Board
Assembly
A3
Switch/Display
Panel Assembly
CAN H
CAN L
M2
K2
RED
Bat -
Right Brush Contactor
BLK
Brush Actuator
K3
S5
Bat -
Center Brush Contactor
M
Solution Empty Switch
(closes when empty)
K4
Bat -
Left Brush Contactor
1
J2-2
BRN
R2
2
Scrub Deck Sensing Resistor
1K Ohm for 40" Disc
20K Ohm for 45" & 48" Disc
B+
1
K2
2
(+ on 40" Disc)
-
M9
M
(- on 40" Disc
+
1
K3
M10
2
-
M
K4
M11
2
Left Brush Contactor
B+
+
Center Brush Motor
Center Brush Contactor
1
)
Right Brush Motor
Right Brush Contactor
-
M
+
Left Brush Motor
(three-motor decks)
B-
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Disc
Circuit Description
The coil sides of contactors K2, K3 and K4 get positive voltage from the Battery when the load side of contactor
K5 is closed. Contactor K5 closes when the A2 Control Board Assembly connects the K5 coil to battery ground.
Contactors K2, K3 and K4 are connected to battery ground through the A2 Control Board Assembly.
The Right Brush Motor M9, Center Brush Motor M10 and Left Brush Motor M11 get positive voltage from the
Battery when the load sides of contactors K2, K3 and K4 are closed respectively. Contactors K2, K3 and K4 close
when the A2 Control Board Assembly connects the K2, K3 and K4 coils to battery ground. The Right Brush Motor
M9, Center Brush Motor M10 and Left Brush Motor M11 are connected directly to battery ground.
The Brush Actuator M2 gets voltage from the A2 Control Board Assembly which switches the polarity to move
the scrub deck up or down. When the A2 Control Board Assembly receives a signal from the A3 Switch/Display
Panel Assembly via the CAN BUS that the operator has pressed the scrub on switch, the A2 Control Board
Assembly sends the appropriate voltage to the Brush Actuator M2 to lower the scrub deck to the operating
position.
The Scrub Deck Sensing Resistor R2 senses the deck size so the operator does not need to program the deck
size into the hidden menu.
As the brush motor current passes through the BRN current sense wire, which is in effect a low-value
resistor, a small voltage drop is developed across it which is proportional to the motor current. This voltage
change is inputted to pin J2-2 on the A2 Control Board Assembly. Any surrounding temperature change in
the BRN current sense wire affects its resistance, so the temperature is sensed by a thermistor built into
the A2 Control Board Assembly. This allows error correction for the temperature resistance changes in the
BRN current sense wire. When A2 Control Board Assembly senses a current draw out of the desired range it
automatically turns on the M2 actuator motor to raise or lower the scrub deck. This process is ongoing in
maintaining the operator’s selected scrub motor current load setting to sustain the desired brush working
pressure.
99
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Disc
Component Locations
On the 45” and 48” decks, three 1-1/2 HP
Gearmotors drive the scrub brushes directly. The
40” decks have a single 3 HP Gearmotor with two
gearboxes (one on either end) that power the two
scrub brushes.
The Scrub Deck Actuator Assembly raises and
lowers the scrub deck, and automatically adjusts
the deck height during scrubbing to maintain the
correct scrub pressure.
The Side Skirts direct the waste water to the
squeegee and help keep the water confined
within the cleaning path. The Side Skirt height is
adjustable and the Side Skirts can be removed for
cleaning or replacement.
Scrub Deck
Actuator
Assembly
Gearmotor (3)
Side
Skirt (2)
100
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Disc
Maintenance and Adjustments
Warning! Before performing any machine maintenance or adjustments, make sure the key
switch is off, the key is removed from the machine and the parking brake is engaged.
Lift Actuator Adjustment
This section explains the steps for adjusting the actuator drive nut (Spring Housing Assembly) setting for the
lift actuator motor.
Using the Actuator Power Cord Adapter
The adjacent drawing shows the special
actuator power cord adapter (p/n 56407502)
that is needed to connect the machine’s
battery pack and actuator motor for setting
the actuator drive nut limit settings. To
connect the actuator power cord adapter:
1. Open the machine battery compartment
and disconnect the battery connector. The
battery pack is needed to power the lift
actuator motor to correctly set the IN and
OUT limit switches.
2. Connect the actuator motor to be tested to
the power cord adapter end.
3. Connect the alligator clips from the cord adapter (red clip to the positive and black to negative) to
battery connector or battery posts. Use the rocker switch on the actuator power cord adapter to change
the motor rotation when setting the correct actuator drive nut dimensions.
Service Note: You can use the above actuator power cord adapter to help position the drive nut/
spring housing assembly (in or out) for ease in actuator motor installations.
101
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Disc
Drive Nut Adjustment
1. • If you’re installing a new scrub deck lift actuator motor, begin with step 2 below.
• If you’re adjusting the Drive Nut on the existing scrub deck lift actuator, skip to step 5 on the following
page.
2. Remove (spin-off) the plastic Drive
Nut and install the Upper Housing
Spring onto the actuator lead
screw shaft.
3. Reinstall the Drive Nut as shown
with the nut pin pocket away from
the motor.
4. Assemble the Lower Housing
Spring, Spring Housing, Nut
Retainer (two-piece) and mounting
hardware.
Upper Housing Spring
Drive Nut
Nut
Retainer
Lower
Housing
Spring
Spring
Housing
102
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
5. Hold onto the Spring Housing
Assembly and press the rocker
switch on the actuator power
cord adapter to run the drive
motor and retract the Spring
Housing Assembly toward the
motor housing (its Retracted
limit).
6. Measure the position of the
Spring Housing Assembly on
the actuator shaft. Manually
turn the Spring Housing
Assembly to the appropriate
Retracted position shown in
the table below.
Scrub System, Disc
Cam
Adjuster
Cover
Nut
Retainer
Service Note:The Inner Spring (upper housing spring) is set at a pre-loaded compressed setting.
It will be necessary to slightly override the manual adjustment after running the
Spring Housing Assembly in and turning it by hand. A small problem is observed in
the retracted position as the pin mounting bracket interferes with the motor.
Part #
Actuator Motor
Spring Housing
Retracted Position
Spring Housing
Extended Position
Models
56413700
Scrub Brush Lift*
4-1/8” [10.48cm]
4” [10.16cm]
All
*The Retracted dimension reference point is the edge of the gearbox case to the center pin weldment of the
assembled Nut Retainer. The Extended dimension reference point is the edge of the gearbox to the edge of
the plastic Spring Housing Assembly as shown in the above drawing.
Note: All adjustment settings are measured out of the machine (not attached).
7. After making the initial adjustment hold the Spring Housing Assembly and run it out enough so that the
Nut Retainer can be turned in to make up difference from the dimension targeted. For example: the first
Retracted dimension measures 4-1/2” minus the 4-1/8 target dimension the difference is 3/8”. Turn the
Spring Housing Assembly manually 3/8”, then run the Spring Housing Assembly in under power until the
inner limit stops the motor. Readjust until the Retracted Position is as shown in the above table.
8. Hold the Spring Housing Assembly, then press the rocker switch on the actuator power cord adapter to
run the drive motor to the Extended position (wait until the motor stops).
9. Measure the position of the Spring Housing Assembly on the shaft and compare the measurement with
the Extended position shown in the above table.
10. If the measurement doesn’t match the dimension shown in the table, remove the Cam Adjuster Cover and
adjust the Extended position as follows:
• To increase the travel of the spring housing assembly, turn the adjuster clockwise.
• To decrease the travel of the assembly, turn the adjuster counterclockwise.
103
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Disc
Note: Use a 1/2” (13mm) socket to turn the adjuster. Each click of the adjuster will change the
spring housing assembly travel 1/16 inch (1.6mm).
11. After each adjustment, hold the Spring Housing Assembly, run the actuator in and out and check both
dimensions.
12. After checking that the Spring Housing Assembly limits are set correctly, replace the Cam Adjuster Cover.
13. After adjusting the actuator
Spring Housing Assembly
dimensions, refer to the Removal
and Installation/Scrub Brush Lift
Actuator section to reassemble
it in the machine. Refer to the
adjacent drawing to correctly
mount the top of lift motor to the
chassis by model size.
Service Note: Note the correct orientation of the Spring Housing Assembly when installing the
complete motor assembly and also run the Spring Housing Assembly to the Retracted
(in) position before you install it in the machine.
Side Skirt Replacement and Adjustment
During normal use the side skirt blades will wear in time. The operator will notice a small amount of water
leaking out underneath the side skirts. You can easily adjust the side skirt height to lower the blades to
allow the squeegee to pick up the water more effectively.
104
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Disc
To reverse or replace the scrub system side skirt blade(s):
1. Loosen the two side skirt Retainer
Knobs (two per side) and remove
the Side Skirt Assemblies from the
scrub deck. Remove the Side Skirt
Assemblies by first sliding them
forward, then pulling them off.
2. Remove all the hardware that
holds the Skirt Blades to the Skirt
Weldments. Note that the Skirt
Blade is held on with tool-less
retainers. Simply loosen the large
Thumb Nuts, then turn the Knobs
on the outside of the Skirt Strap
until they are horizontal, then
push them through the slots. The
small Inside Blade is held on by
two screws and nuts and has two
working edges.
3. The main Skirt Blade has four
working edges as shown. Turn the
Skirt Blade so a clean, undamaged
edge faces toward the center of
the machine. Replace the Skirt
Blades as a set if all four edges are
nicked, torn or worn beyond their
ability to be adjusted.
4. Reinstall the Side Skirt Assemblies
onto the machine and check the
height of the Skirt Blades for
correct contact on the floor when
the brush deck is lowered to the
scrub position. The Skirt Blades
should fold over just enough when
scrubbing that all the waste water
is contained inside the skirting. If
necessary, adjust the height of the
Side Skirt Assemblies as follows:
Retainer
Knob (2)
Front
Height
Adjusting
Knob (2)
Skirt
Strap
Side Skirt
Assembly
Thumb
Nut (typical)
Knob
(typical)
Inside
Blade
Skirt
Blade
1
2
3
4
Skirt
Weldment
a. Loosen the Retainer Knobs.
b. Rotate the Height Adjusting
Knobs to raise or lower
the Side Skirt Assembly as
necessary.
Note: Make small adjustments to obtain good blade wiping. Do not lower the blades too much to
where they fold over excessively as this can cause excessive blade wear.
c. When the Skirt Blade contact is correct, tighten the Retainer Knobs.
105
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Disc
Troubleshooting
Problem
Cause
Correction
The scrub system
will not operate
Scrub deck sense R2
resistor fault (error code 01
displayed)
Scrub deck sensor resistor is unplugged or
damaged.
1. Check the resistor wiring for an open.
2. Substitute a new resistor and test the scrub deck
for correct operation.
Note that there are four different resistor values
used on the different deck types. See the electrical
diagram decal for the correct specification of the
resistor to replace.
Scrub motor overload (error
code 04 displayed)
1. Check for binding in the rotation of the brushes
and incorrect brush deck lift actuator operation.
2. Check the negative supply cable at the brush
motor for a wiring problem, and also the small
BRN current sense wire in the harness and A2 pin
J2-2.
3. Check for a short circuit in the brush motor or
wiring. Check for excessive belt tension and the
condition of the idler bearing.
Left brush motor contactor
coil overload (error code 05
displayed)
Contactor K4 is for the left
motor on the three-motor
decks.
1. Check for a K4 coil wiring problem or a short
circuit* (wire colors VIO and GRA/RED).
2. Check the coil resistance. If the resistance is
below 75 ohms, replace the coil.
Note that the nominal coil resistance is 94 ohms for
all three motor contactors.
Center brush motor
contactor coil overload (error
code 06 displayed)
1. Check for a K3 coil wiring problem or a short
circuit (wire colors VIO and WHT/VIO).
Right brush motor contactor
coil overload (error code 07
displayed)
1. Check for a K2 coil wiring problem or a short
circuit* (wire colors VIO & YEL/BLU).
Scrub motor open (error
code 21 displayed)
1. Check for an open circuit in the motor wiring or for
a defective motor.
2. Check the coil resistance. If the resistance is
below 75 ohms, replace the coil.
2. Check the coil resistance. If the resistance is
below 75 ohms, replace the coil.
2. Check for 36 volts at the scrub motor that is not
running. If you get 0 Volts, replace the brush
motor contactor.
106
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Disc
Problem
Cause
Correction
The scrub system
will not operate
(continued)
Left brush motor contactor
coil open (error code 22
displayed)
1. Check for an open circuit in the K4 coil and wiring
(wire colors VIO and GRA/RED)
Left brush motor contactor
coil short to ground (error
code 23 displayed)
1. Disconnect the K4 coil wiring (wire colors VIO
and GRA/RED) and check to see if the code
disappears.
2. Test for 36V at the K4 coil. If you get 0 Volts,
check the A2 control board assembly.
−− If the code disappears, replace the brush
contactor.
−− If the code does reappear, test the wiring for
a short back to the battery ground. Repair or
replace the defective wire.
2. If the above test doesn’t remove the code,
substitute a new A2 control board assembly.
Center brush motor
contactor coil open (error
code 24 displayed)
1. Check for an open circuit in the K3 coil and wiring
(wire colors VIO and WHT/VIO)
Center brush motor
contactor coil short to
ground (error code 25
displayed)
1. Disconnect the K3 coil wiring (wire colors VIO
and WHT/VIO) and check to see if the code
disappears.
2. Test for 36V at the K3 coil. If you get 0 Volts,
check the A2 control board assembly.
−− If the code disappears, replace the brush
contactor.
−− If the code does reappear, test the wiring for
a short back to the battery ground. Repair or
replace the defective wire.
2. If the above test doesn’t remove the code,
substitute a new A2 control board assembly.
Right brush motor contactor
coil open (error code 26
displayed)
1. Check for an open circuit in the K2 coil and wiring
(wire colors VIO and YEL/BLU)
Right brush motor contactor
coil short to ground (error
code 27 displayed)
1. Disconnect the K2 coil wiring (wire colors VIO
and YEL/BLU) and check to see if the code
disappears.
2. Test for 36V at the K2 coil. If you get 0 Volts,
check the A2 control board assembly.
−− If the code disappears, replace the brush
contactor.
−− If the code does reappear, test the wiring for
a short back to the battery ground. Repair or
replace the defective wire.
2. If the above test doesn’t remove the code,
substitute a new A2 control board assembly.
107
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Disc
Problem
Cause
Correction
The scrub deck
actuator doesn’t
raise or lower the
scrub deck
Scrub deck actuator
overload (error code 08
displayed)
1. Check for binding or a frozen brush lift linkage
and excessive weight on the brush deck.
• Normal current load is 1-3
amps.
• Max current load is 6
amps.
• Max current with no load
is 1.4 amps.
Scrub deck actuator open
(error code 28 displayed)
2. Check for a short circuit in the actuator motor and
wiring. Repair or replace.
To test the actuator, disconnect the motor plug
and attach the actuator power cord adapter (p/n
56407502) and perform an amp draw test. Compare
readings to the current load specifications to the left.
1. Check for disconnected lift actuator wiring.
2. Check for an open circuit in the motor wiring or for
a defective motor.
3. Check for output voltage from the A2 control
board assembly at the actuator wiring plug. It
should be 36 volts. If 0 Volts, check the A2 control
board assembly.
108
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Disc
Removal and Installation
Warning! Before removing or reinstalling any machine components, make sure the key switch
is off and the key is removed from the machine.
Scrub Brush Deck
Warning! Engage the parking brake and chock both rear wheels so the machine can’t roll.
1. Loosen the four side
skirt Retainer Knobs
(two per side) and
remove the Side Skirt
Assemblies from the
deck.
2. Remove the scrub
brushes from the
brush holders.
3. Place wood blocking
(2x4) under both
outside brush drive
discs (brush holders)
and lower the deck to
the floor by pressing
the Scrub On button.
Scrub Deck
Actuator
Retainer
Knob (4)
Cotter
Hair Pin
Solution
Feed Hose
Side Skirt
Assembly
Retainer
Pin
Hex
Nut (4)
Pivot
Support
Arm (4)
ID Resistor
Plug
Service Note: Once the brush deck is in the lowered position, don’t turn the key switch off until
you disconnect the battery pack (push in the Emergency Disconnect). This will
prevent the scrub deck from automatically rising when the key is turned off.
4. Turn the key switch off.
5. Remove the Solution Feed Hose at solution distribution bladder located on the scrub deck.
6. Remove bottom Scrub Deck Actuator Cotter Hair Pin, then push the Retainer Pin from its housing and
mount bracket holes.
7. Disconnect the Scrub Deck Actuator wire harness connector. Note that this will prevent the Scrub Deck
Actuator from being switched on and rising when it is disconnected from its deck mount.
8. Note the correct brush motor wire connections at each individual motor, then remove all the wiring from
the motor terminals.
9. Locate the ID (identification) Resistor Plug on the scrub brush deck and separate its connector.
109
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Disc
10. Remove the four Hex Nuts, hex screws and bushings from the left and right front deck supports, then
swing the Pivot Support Arms away from their mounting holes.
11. Remove the previously-installed wood blocking from underneath the drive discs. Note that this must be
done to get the needed clearance to remove the scrub deck.
12. Carefully slide the complete deck assembly out from underneath the machine from its left side.
Note: Observe the position of the disconnected lift actuator housing and swing it to the rear to clear
its mount bracket pocket.
Scrub Deck Lift Actuator
Note: All new replacement actuator motors are not shipped with the lift nut pre-adjusted for any
specific machine model application.
Note: The scrub deck must be removed to access the top mount bracket on the scrub deck lift motor.
1. Remove the scrub deck by following the steps in the Scrub Brush Deck section.
2. Locate and remove the upper Cotter
Hair Pin from underneath the middle
of the machine.
3. Slide the actuator Mount Pin from the
housing and frame mounting bracket
holes allowing the motor to drop down
completing its removal.
4. Refer to the Drive Nut Adjustment
section for instructions on how to
install a new drive nut and set the
extended and retracted positions.
5. Follow the above steps in reverse
order to install the scrub deck
actuator.
Mount
Pin
Cotter
Hair Pin
Mount
Pin
Cotter
Hair Pin
110
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Disc
Scrub Brush Motor and Gearbox
To Remove and Install a Gearbox Assembly
1. Remove the scrub brushes from the
Brush Holder(s).
2. Use a 13mm socket wrench to remove
the three Screws from each Thermoid
Disk (flexible coupler), then remove
the Brush Holder(s) from the Drive
Hub(s).
3. Remove the hex screw and hardened
washer holding the Drive Hub onto the
Gearbox Assembly, then pull the Drive
Hub off of the Gearbox Output Shaft.
Make sure you save the key stock.
4. Remove the three Hex Screws that
secure each Gearbox Assembly to the
deck mounting plate.
5. Separate the Gearbox Assembly from
the Deck Weldment by pulling it
straight up.
6. Reassemble the Gearbox Assembly to
the Deck Weldment by following the
above steps in reverse order. Make
sure to reinstall the key stock.
To Disassemble and Reassemble a
Gearbox Assembly
1. Remove the three socket head cap
screws securing the Gearbox to
the Brush Motor, then separate the
Gearbox from the Brush Motor. Make
sure to save the internal Gearbox key
stock for reassembly.
2. Reassemble the Gearbox and Brush Motor by
following the above steps in reverse order.
Service Note: Apply a small amount
of grease or Never-Seez®
anti-seize compound to
the Gearbox input and
output shafts when you
reassemble or install
a Gearbox Assembly.
This will aid future
disassembly and Drive
Hub removal.
Gearbox
Assembly
Gearbox
Output
Shaft
Gearbox
(typical)
Brush Motor
(typical)
Deck
Weldment
Hex
Screw (3)
Drive
Hub
Thermoid
Disk (2)
Screw (3)
Rotation
Brush
Holder
111
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Scrub System, Disc
Specifications
Component
Specifications
Type – Permanent Magnet
Voltage – 36 VDC
40” deck
Power – 3 HP
Speed – 2400 RPM
Scrub Brush Motors
Current – 75 Amps
Voltage – 36 VDC
45” and 48”
decks
Power – 1.5 HP
Speed – 4000 RPM
Current – 45 Amps
Type – permanent magnet, 36 VDC, 1/5 HP, reversible
Motor-to-drive-screw ratio – 19.1:1
Performance Data
Deck Actuator Motor
No Load – Thrust 0 lbs., Speed 36 ±4 in/min, 1.0 ±0.5 Amps
Full Load – Thrust 600 lbs., Speed 29 ±3 in/min, 5.0 ±1 Amps
Stall Current – 25 Amps max.
Start Thrust – 600 lbs. min.
Special Tools
Actuator Power Cord Adapter, p/n 56407502
112
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
113
Solution System
Functional Description
Overview
The solution system provides the solution and detergent to the scrub brushes. The solution travels from the
Solution Tank, through the Shutoff Valve and In-line Solution Filter to the Solution Control Pump. The A2 Control
Board provides pulsed-width-modulated (PWM) voltage to the Solution Control Pump to regulate the solution
flow. The solution flows through the Solution Solenoid Valve, through the Solution Manifold (disc desks only),
then through the various fittings and hoses to the Scrub Brushes. Note that the Solution Solenoid Valve is fullopen whenever the solution system is switched on. The Drain Hose allows you to drain the Solution Tank by
removing the Drain Plug.
When the detergent system is switched on, the Detergent Pumps pump the detergent from the Detergent Tank
to a tee fitting upstream of the Solution Control Pump. The A2 Control Board provides PWM voltage to the
Detergent Pumps to regulate the detergent flow.
Solution
Tank
Drain
Hose
Solution
Solenoid
Valve
Drain
Plug
Shutoff
Valve
Solution
Manifold
Detergent
Pumps
Solution
Pump
Detergent
Tank
In-line
Solution
Filter
Disc Scrub Brushes
Cylindrical Scrub Brushes
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Solution System
Solution Tank
The Solution Tank holds 70 gallons (265 l) of solution. The solution fill cover opens to allow you to fill the
Solution Tank. The solution empty switch is a float switch that closes and sends a signal to the A2 Control
Board Assembly when the solution level in the Solution Tank falls to two to three inches from the bottom of
the tank. The solution system indicator will flash to remind the operator of the low-solution condition, but
the machine will continue to function.
Shutoff Valve
The Shutoff Valve allows you to shut off the solution flow from the Solution Tank for cleaning and maintenance.
Drain Hose and Hose Cap
The Drain Hose allows you to drain the solution tank. To drain the tank, remove the Drain Hose Cap.
Solution Filter
The in-line Solution Filter prevents any sediment or debris from reaching the solution control pump and
solution solenoid valve. The Solution Filter can be disassembled for cleaning.
Solution Control Pump
The Solution Control Pump pumps the solution through the solution solenoid valve to the nozzles adjacent to
the scrub brushes. The Solution Control Pump gets PWM voltage from the A2 Control Board to regulate the
Solution Control Pump speed and the corresponding solution flow.
Solution Solenoid Valve
The Solution Solenoid Valve opens to allow solution flow to the scrub brushes. Although the Solution Solenoid
Valve gets PWM voltage from the A2 Control Board, it remains full-open when the solution pump is switched
on.
Solution Manifold (disc decks only)
The Solution Manifold distributes the solution from the solution pump to the nozzles adjacent to the scrub
brushes.
Accessory Pump
The accessory pump is included in the optional Spray Wand Kit and pumps solution to the spray wand. The
pump has its own pressure switch that switches the pump on or off automatically when the wand trigger is
pressed or released.
114
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Solution System
Detergent Tank and Pumps
The Detergent Pumps pump detergent from the Detergent Tank to the tee fitting upstream of the solution
pump. The Detergent Pumps get PWM voltage from the A2 Control Board to regulate the speed of the
Detergent Pumps and the subsequent detergent flow.
Solution System Wiring Diagram
+
F4
-
Fuse, 250 A
Circuit Breaker, 3 Amp
B+
B-
K7
F1
8
A1
Speed
Controller
4
3
16
15
36V Battery
S1
Key Switch
D1
S2
Diode
Seat Switch
S3
Battery Interlock Switch
(for roll-out Battery)
K5
Motion
Direction
Bat -
F2
Battery Ground
Bat +
Circuit Breaker, 15 Amp
A2 Control
Board
Assembly
+
CAN H
CAN L
M12
-
M
A3
Switch/Display
Panel Assembly
Bat -
Solution Control Pump
L1
1
2
Bat -
S5
Solenoid Valve
Bat +
M13
+
M
-
Bat -
Detergent Metering Pump
Bat +
M16
+
M
Solution Empty Switch
(closes when empty)
-
Bat -
Detergent Metering Pump
M15
+
M
-
Accessory Pump
(optional)
B+
B+
B-
Circuit Description
Solution System
The Solution Control Pump M12 and solution Solenoid Valve L1 get positive voltage from the Battery when the
load side of contactor K5 is closed. The contactor K5 closes when the A2 Control Board Assembly connects the
K5 coil to battery ground.
115
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Solution System
The Solution Control Pump M12 and solution Solenoid Valve L1 are connected to battery ground through the A2
Control Board Assembly. The A2 Control Board Assembly connects the Solution Control Pump M12 and solution
Solenoid Valve L1 to ground to run the Solution Control Pump M12 and switch on the Solenoid Valve L1 when:
• The A3 Switch/Display Panel Assembly sends the A2 Control Board Assembly a signal via the CAN BUS that
the solution system has been enabled, and,
• The A1 Speed Controller sends the A2 Control Board Assembly a signal that the wheel drive is switched on.
Note that you can select whether the solution system will switch on when the machine is moving in both
forward and reverse, or when moving forward only. This option is described in the Control System/Main
Control Programming Options section.
Note that the ground voltage from the A2 Control Board Assembly to the Solution Control Pump M12 is pulsewidth-modulated (PWM) voltage that varies in frequency to control the solution flow from the Solution
Control Pump M12. The ground voltage from the A2 Control Board Assembly to the Solenoid Valve L1 is also
PWM voltage, but is always at full voltage when the Solution Control Pump M12 is on.
Detergent System
The Detergent Metering Pumps M13 and M16 are powered directly by the A2 Control Board Assembly. The A2
Control Board Assembly sends the Detergent Metering Pumps voltage to run the Detergent Metering Pumps when:
• The A3 Switch/Display Panel Assembly sends the A2 Control Board Assembly a signal via the CAN BUS that
the detergent system has been enabled, and,
• The solution system is switched on.
Note that the voltage from the A2 Control Board Assembly to the Detergent Metering Pumps is PWM voltage
that varies in frequency to control the detergent flow from the Detergent Metering Pumps into the solution
system.
Accessory Pump
The Accessory Pump M15 gets positive voltage from the Battery when the load side of contactor K5 is closed.
When the internal Accessory Pump pressure switch is closed, it connects the negative side of the Pump motor
to battery ground. The pressure switch works as follows:
• When the wand trigger is pressed and the pressure in the wand solution hose drops to a predetermined
level, the pressure switch switches on the Accessory Pump.
• When the wand trigger is released, the Accessory Pump will continue to run momentarily. When the
pressure in the wand solution hose increases to a predetermined level, the pressure switch switches off
the Accessory Pump.
116
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Solution System
Component Locations
Shutoff Valve
The Shutoff Valve is located underneath the
solution tank on the left rear side of the machine.
Shutoff
Valve
Drain Hose and Hose Cap
The Drain Hose and Drain Hose Cap are attached
to the shutoff valve and are located above the left
rear tire.
Drain
Hose
Drain
Hose
Cap
Solution Filter
The in-line Solution Filter is located between the
shutoff valve and the solution pump underneath
the left side of the machine. The Solution Filter is
below the FILTER location arrow
molded into
the machine body panel.
Solution
Filter
117
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Solution System
Solution Control Pump
The Solution Control Pump pumps the solution
through the solution solenoid valve to the nozzles
adjacent to the scrub brushes. The Solution Control
Pump gets PWM voltage from the A2 Control
Board to regulate the Solution Control Pump speed
and the subsequent solution flow.
Solution
Control
Pump
Solution Solenoid Valve
The Solution Solenoid Valve opens to allow solution
flow to the scrub brushes. Although the Solution
Solenoid Valve gets PWM voltage from the A2
Control Board, it remains full-open when the
solution pump is switched on.
Solution
Solenoid
Valve
Solution Manifold (disc decks only)
The Solution Manifold distributes the solution
from the solution pump and solenoid valve to the
nozzles adjacent to the scrub brushes.
Solution
Manifold
118
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Solution System
Accessory Pump
The Accessory Pump is included in the
optional Spray Wand Kit. The pump
mounts on the underside of the chassis,
Accessory
Pump
Detergent Tank and Pumps
The Detergent Tank and Detergent Pumps
are located behind the side access panel on
the right-hand side of the machine.
Detergent
Pump
Detergent
Tank
Detergent
Pump
119
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Solution System
Maintenance and Adjustments
Warning! Before performing any machine maintenance or adjustments, make sure the key
switch is off, the key is removed from the machine and the parking brake is engaged.
To Disassemble and Clean the Solution Solenoid Valve
1. Remove the solution solenoid valve from the machine. (Refer to the Removal and Installation/Solution
Solenoid Valve section.)
2. Remove the four Screws and disassemble the solenoid valve. Be
careful not to lose any internal parts.
3. Thoroughly wash any dirt or sediment from the Block and
Diaphragm.
4. After you reassemble the solenoid valve, check the valve for
correct operation.
Block
Diaphragm
Screw (4)
Weekly Maintenance
To Empty and Rinse the Solution Tank
1. Remove the solution drain hose from its storage area (located above the left rear tire).
2. Remove the drain hose cap and direct the hose to a designated disposal site and flush the tank with
clean water.
3. Replace the drain hose cap and replace the drain hose in its storage area.
120
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Solution System
To Clean the Solution Filter
1. Close the solution shutoff valve to prevent solution from draining from the solution tank when servicing
the filter with a partial or full solution tank.
Note: Place a suitable container underneath the filter to catch any solution that may leak from the
hoses.
The adjacent photo shows the Solution Filter removed from the machine to more clearly
show the individual components.
2. Unscrew the Filter Cover and remove the Filter Cover and Screen from
the Filter Base.
Filter
Cover
3. Clean any accumulated dirt or debris from the Screen.
4. Reinstall the Screen into the Filter Base.
Rubber
Washer
5. Make sure the Rubber Washer is installed correctly in the Filter Cover,
then reinstall and hand-tighten the Filter Cover.
Screen
Filter
Base
To Clean the Solution Delivery Trough (cylindrical scrub decks only)
Clean the holes in the Delivery Trough to ensure even solution
distribution.
Delivery
Trough
121
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Solution System
To Purge the Detergent System
1. Disconnect and remove the detergent tank.
2. Install and connect a tank filled with clean water.
3. Turn the key switch off.
4. Press and hold both the detergent and solution switches.
5. While holding the switches, turn the key switch on. The display will show the purge icon,
the detergent and solution pumps will run for 20 seconds, then the pumps will shut off.
6. When the purge cycle is complete, turn the key switch off. Normally one purge cycle is
adequate to purge the system.
To Purge the Detergent System When Changing Detergents
1. Disconnect and remove the detergent tank.
2. Turn the key switch off.
3. Press and hold both the detergent and solution switches.
4. While holding the switches, turn the key switch on. The display will show the purge icon,
the detergent and solution pumps will run for 20 seconds, then shut off.
5. When the purge cycle is complete, turn the key switch off.
6. Install and connect the new detergent tank.
To Program the Detergent Ratio
There are 10 available detergent ratios. Select the desired detergent ratio as follows:
1. Press the detergent switch to turn the detergent system off (if not already off).
2. Press and hold the detergent switch for two seconds to enter the ratio programming mode. The
detergent system indicator will blink while in the programming mode.
3. Press the detergent switch to cycle through the
available detergent ratios as follows:
Ø.4
1:200
• US Display: 1:32, 1:50, 1:64, 1:100, 1:128, 1:150,
1:200 (shown here), 1:256, 1:300 and 1:400.
• EU Display: 3%, 2%, 1.5%, 1%, 0.8%, 0.66%, 0.5%,
0.4%, 0.3% and 0.25%.
4. When the desired ratio is displayed, stop pressing the detergent switch. After five seconds the machine
will lock in the displayed detergent ratio setting.
122
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Solution System
Troubleshooting
Note: You can use the Service Test Mode to toggle the various system components on and off to
check for function. Refer to the Control System/Service Mode section for information on
how to enter and use the Service Test Mode.
Problem
Cause
Correction
Problem
Cause
Solution
Inadequate or no
solution flow
The solution shutoff valve is
in the off position.
Open the solution shutoff valve.
Clogged solution filter,
solenoid valve, hoses.
• Check the solution filter for obstructions and clean
as necessary.
Clogged solution delivery
trough (cylindrical decks
only)
• Check the solenoid valve for obstructions and
clear as necessary.
• Check the solution hoses for obstructions and
clear as necessary.
• Check the solution manifold and solution delivery
trough and clear/clean as necessary (disc decks
only).
L1 Solution solenoid open
(Main Controller Error Code
33)
• Check for open circuit in the L1 coil and wiring
(wire colors VIO and YEL/GRN).
L1 Solution solenoid short
to ground (Main Controller
Error Code 34)
• Disconnect the L1 solenoid coil wiring and check
to see if the code disappears.
• Check for 36V at the L1 coil.
−− If the code disappears, replace the solenoid.
−− If the code reappears, test the wiring for a short
back to the battery ground. Repair or replace
the defective wire.
• Substitute a new A1 control board.
Solution solenoid L1
overload (Main Controller
Error Code 12)
• Check for a short in the solenoid wiring and repair
as necessary.
Solution pump open (Main
Controller Error Code 35)
• Check for an open circuit in the M12 pump motor
and wiring (wire colors VIO and BLU/ORN).
• Check the solenoid coil resistance. The nominal
coil resistance is 74 ohms. If the coil resistance is
lower than 58 ohms, replace the solution solenoid.
• Check for 36V at the pump motor.
Solution pump overload
(Main Controller Error Code
13)
• Check for a short in the solution pump wiring and
solution pump M12 and repair as necessary.
• Disconnect the pump motor and run the machine
to see if the wiring is shorted.
• Check the pump motor current draw. The normal
current load is 0.8 to 1.8 amps. A current load
of 3.2 amps or over will cause a pump motor
overload error code 13. If the pump motor draws
excessive current, replace the pump motor.
123
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Solution System
Problem
Cause
Correction
Inadequate or no
detergent flow
The detergent system has
not been selected in the
main control programming.
Check that the detergent system has been selected
in the main control programming.
Blockage in or damage to
the detergent lines
Check detergent lines for blockage or damage and
repair/replace as necessary.
The detergent tank cap is
not sealed on the tank.
Tighten the tank cap. The detergent tank cap must
be seated securely and tight to pull (draw detergent)
from the tank.
The detergent pumps are
not operating.
• Check the wire connections at the detergent
pumps for correct wiring polarity.
• Make sure the electrical connections are tight and
corrosion-free.
• With the system activated, touch the pumps to feel
them pulsate when operating. If a pump is getting
voltage but is not operating, replace the pump.
Removal and Installation
Warning! Before removing or reinstalling any machine components, make sure the key switch
is off, the key is removed from the machine and the parking brake is engaged.
Solution Control Pump
Note: Access the solution control pump
from underneath the machine.
1. Drain the solution tank or turn the solution
shutoff valve to the off position to prevent
solution loss.
2. Disconnect the battery from the machine.
Hose (2)
Clamp (2)
#10-24
Screw (4)
Electrical
Connector
Note: Place a suitable container
underneath the solution control
pump to catch any solution that
may leak from the pump or hoses.
3. Disconnect the pump Electrical Connector from
the machine harness.
Elbow (2)
Solution
Control
Pump
4. Remove the four #10-24 Screws, Nyloc™ nuts and flat washers holding the Solution Control Pump to the
bottom of the machine.
5. Loosen the Clamps holding the Hoses to the Elbows and disconnect (pry) the Hoses off of the Elbows.
6. Remove the Solution Control Pump from the machine.
7. Reinstall the Solution Control Pump by following the above steps in reverse order.
124
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Solution System
Solution Solenoid Valve
1. Drain the solution tank or turn the solution shutoff valve to the off position to prevent solution loss.
2. Disconnect the battery from the machine.
Note: Place a suitable container underneath the filter to catch any solution that may leak from the
solenoid valve or hoses.
3. Disconnect the L1 solenoid valve Electrical
Connector from the machine harness.
4. Loosen the Hose Clamps on the Inlet and Outlet
Hoses.
Electrical
Connector
5. Separate (pry) the Outlet Hose off of the
barbed fitting on the Valve Body.
6. Remove the two Hex Screws holding the Valve
Body to the underside of the chassis, then
pull the Valve Body toward the front of the
machine to separate it from the Outlet Hose.
7. Reinstall the solenoid valve by following the
above steps in reverse order.
Valve
Body
Inlet
Hose
Hex
Screw (2)
Hose
Clamp (2)
Outlet
Hose
125
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Solution System
Specifications
Solution Flow Rates
Standard Flow Rates
Override Flow Rates
1 bar
2 bars
3 bars
4 bars
5 bars
40” Disc
.84 GPM
1.00 GPM
1.50 GPM
2.00 GPM
2.50 GPM
40” Cylindrical
.70 GPM
.84 GPM
1.00 GPM
1.50 GPM
2.50 GPM
45”/48” Disc
1.00 GPM
1.50 GPM
2.00 GPM
2.25 GPM
2.50 GPM
45”/48”
Cylindrical
.84 GPM
1.00 GPM
1.50 GPM
2.00 GPM
2.50 GPM
Component Specifications
Component
Specifications
Voltage - 36 VDC
Solution Control Pump
Solution Solenoid Valve
Current Draw - 3.9 amps max.
Flow Rate - 3.3 GPM @ 2.75 amps with 20 psi inlet
pressure
Coil Voltage - 36 VDC
Coil Resistance - 74 ohms
Voltage - 36 VDC
Accessory Pump
Current Draw - 3.0 amps max.
Pressure Control Setting - 100 ±5 psi
Maximum Flow Rate - 1.6 gal/min
Detergent Pump
Voltage - 24 VDC
Flow Rate - 87 ±3 ml/min
126
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
127
Squeegee System
Functional Description
Overview
The squeegee system includes the squeegee tool and the squeegee lift actuator.
The squeegee tool picks up the wastewater from the floor. The recovery system vacuum lifts the wastewater
from the squeegee and directs it to the recovery tank.
The squeegee lift actuator, controlled by the A2 control board assembly, raises and lowers the squeegee tool.
Squeegee System Wiring Diagram
+
F4
-
Fuse, 250 A
Circuit Breaker, 3 Amp
B+
B-
K7
F1
8
A1
Speed
Controller
4
3
16
15
36V Battery
S1
Key Switch
D1
S2
Diode
Seat Switch
S3
Battery Interlock Switch
(for roll-out Battery)
Motion
Direction
Battery Ground
B+
A2 Control
Board
Assembly
CAN H
CAN L
A3
Switch/Display
Panel Assembly
M3
M
Squeegee Actuator
B-
Circuit Description
The Squeegee Actuator M3 gets voltage from the A2 Control Board Assembly which switches the polarity to
move the squeegee tool up or down. When the A2 Control Board Assembly receives a signal from the A3 Switch/
Display Panel Assembly via the CAN BUS that the operator has pressed the scrub on switch, the A2 Control
Board Assembly sends the appropriate voltage to the Squeegee Actuator M3 to lower the squeegee to the
operating position.
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Squeegee System
Squeegee Lift Actuator Reverse Function
The squeegee actuator operates in the automatic mode when scrubbing and will automatically lower to
its normal operating position when the scrub system is enabled. To prevent squeegee blade damage and
excessive wear, the Squeegee Actuator M3 will lift the squeegee tool from the floor when the machine is
operated in reverse.
To get the squeegee tool to lift in reverse, the drive pedal must be moved off its neutral or forward position,
which triggers the needed reverse direction output from the A1 Speed Controller to the A2 Control Board
Assembly. The A2 Control Board Assembly sends voltage to the Squeegee Actuator M3 at the appropriate
polarity, and for a specified time, to lift the squeegee to a position that is half the upward distance that the
squeegee moves when the scrub system is switched off.
Moving the drive pedal back to the neutral/forward switches off the reverse direction output from the A1
Speed Controller to the A2 Control Board Assembly. The A2 Control Board Assembly then sends voltage to the
Squeegee Actuator M3 at the appropriate polarity to lower the squeegee tool back onto the floor.
Component Locations
The Squeegee Assembly is
attached to the Squeegee Mount
Weldment, which is attached to the
Squeegee Lift Arm Weldment. The
Squeegee Assembly is fastened to
the Squeegee Mount Weldment with
two Thumb Nuts.
Ball
Joint
Squeegee
Arm
Weldment
The Squeegee Lift Actuator raises
and lowers the Squeegee Assembly,
and is mounted horizontally in the
left rear of the chassis underneath
the recovery tank. The Squeegee
Lift Actuator is attached to the
machine frame and to the
Squeegee Lift Arm Weldment.
The Ball Joint attaches the
Squeegee Lift Arm Weldment to the
frame and allows the Squeegee
Assembly to move as necessary.
Squeegee
Mount
Weldment
Squeegee
Lift
Actuator
Squeegee
Lift Arm
Weldment
Thumb
Nut (2)
Squeegee
Assembly
128
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Squeegee System
Maintenance and Adjustments
Warning! Before performing any machine maintenance or adjustments, make sure the key
switch is off, the key is removed from the machine and the parking brake is engaged.
To Reverse or Replace the Rear Squeegee Wiping Blade
1. Raise the squeegee
tool off the floor, then
unsnap the Center
Latch on the squeegee
tool.
Squeegee Mount
Weldment
Wing Nut
(typical)
2. Swing out the Tension
Straps at both ends,
disengage the Tension
Strap slots from the
Front Strap and remove
the Tension Straps.
Front
Blade
Thumb
Nut (2)
Front
Strap
3. Slip the Rear Blade off
the alignment pins.
4. The Rear Blade has
four working edges.
Turn the Rear Blade so
a clean, undamaged
edge points toward the
front of the machine.
Replace the blade if all
four edges are nicked,
torn or worn to a large
radius.
Rear
Blade
5. Install the Rear Blade,
following the above
steps in reverse
order, then adjust the
squeegee as necessary.
Center
Latch
Tension
Strap (2)
To Reverse or Replace the Front Squeegee Blade
1. Raise the squeegee tool off the floor, then loosen the two Thumb Nuts on top of the squeegee and remove
the squeegee tool from the Squeegee Mount Weldment.
2. Remove both Tension Straps, then remove the Wing Nuts holding the Front Blade in place as shown, then
remove the Front Strap and Front Blade.
3. The Front Blade has four working edges. Turn the Front Blade so a clean, undamaged edge points toward
the front of the machine. Replace the Front Blade if all four edges are nicked, torn or worn to a large
radius.
4. Install the Front Blade, following the above steps in reverse order, then adjust the squeegee as necessary.
129
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Squeegee System
Squeegee Adjustment
There are two major squeegee tool adjustments–height and angle. The recommended procedure is to set the
squeegee angle first, then adjust the squeegee blade height.
To Adjust the Squeegee Angle
Adjust the squeegee angle
whenever a blade is reversed or
replaced, or if the squeegee is not
wiping the floor dry.
1. Park the machine on a flat,
even surface and lower the
squeegee.
Tilt
Adjustment
Knob
2. Drive the machine forward
enough to have the squeegee
blades fold over to the rear as
shown in the detail drawing.
3. Turn the Tilt Adjustment
Knob to tilt the tool forward
or backward until the rear
squeegee wiping blade touches
the floor evenly across its
entire width.
Caster
Adjustment
Knob (2)
To Adjust the Squeegee Blade
Height
Adjust the squeegee height
whenever a blade is reversed or
replaced, or if the squeegee is not
wiping the floor dry. The squeegee
blade height is easily adjustable
at the caster wheels. To adjust the
squeegee blade height:
Correct
Rear Blade
Fold-over
1. Park the machine on a flat, even surface and lower the squeegee.
2. Drive the machine forward enough to have the squeegee blades fold over to the rear as shown in the
detail drawing.
3. Rotate the Caster Adjustment Knobs clockwise to lift the squeegee, or counterclockwise to lower it. A
starting point when replacing the blades is to adjust the caster-mounting bracket so it is level (parallel)
to the top of the squeegee tool.
Note: The right and left caster wheels must be adjusted equally to maintain level and even blade
pressure.
130
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Squeegee System
Lift Actuator Adjustment
Using the Actuator Power Cord Adapter
The adjacent drawing shows the special
actuator power cord adapter (p/n 56407502)
that is needed to connect the machine’s
battery pack and actuator motor for setting
the actuator drive nut limit settings. To
connect the actuator power cord adapter:
1. Open the machine battery compartment
and disconnect the battery connector. The
battery pack is needed to power the lift
actuator motor to correctly set the IN and
OUT limit switches.
2. Connect the actuator motor to be tested to
the power cord adapter end.
3. Connect the alligator clips from the cord adapter (red clip to the positive and black to negative) to
battery connector or battery posts. Use the rocker switch on the actuator power cord adapter to change
the motor rotation when setting the correct actuator drive nut dimensions.
Service Note: You can use the above actuator power cord adapter to help position the drive nut/
spring housing assembly (in or out) for ease in actuator motor installations.
Actuator Drive Nut Adjustment
1. Hold onto the Actuator Drive
Nut and press the rocker
switch on the actuator power
cord adapter to run the drive
motor and retract the Actuator
Drive Nut toward the motor
housing (the IN limit).
2. Measure the position of the
Actuator Drive Nut on the
actuator shaft. Manually
turn the Actuator Drive Nut
(steel tube) to the IN position
as shown in the table on the
following page for the specific
actuator motor needing
adjustment.
Adjuster
Cover
Actuator
Drive Nut
Note: All adjustment settings are measured out of the machine (not attached).
3. Hold the Actuator Drive Nut then press the adapter cord rocker switch to run the drive motor to the OUT
position (wait until the motor stops).
131
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Squeegee System
4. Measure the position of the Actuator Drive Nut on the shaft and compare the measurement with the OUT
position shown in the table below.
Part #
Actuator Motor
Actuator Drive Nut
IN Position
Actuator Drive Nut
OUT Position
Models
56413111
Squeegee Lift
1-1/4” [3.17cm]
3-1/8” [7.93cm]
All
5. If the OUT measurement doesn’t match the dimension shown in the table, remove the Adjuster Cover and
adjust the OUT position as follows:
• To increase the travel of the Actuator Drive Nut, turn the adjuster clockwise.
• To decrease the travel of the Actuator Drive Nut, turn the adjuster counterclockwise.
Note: Use a 1/2” (13 mm) socket to turn the adjuster. Each click of the adjuster will change the
Actuator Drive Nut 1/16 inch (1.6 mm).
6. Hold the Actuator Drive Nut, run the actuator in and out and check both dimensions after each
adjustment.
7. When the Actuator Drive Nut limits are set correctly, replace the Adjuster Cover.
Troubleshooting
Problem
Cause
Correction
Problem
Cause
Solution
Poor water pick-up
Clogged vacuum hose
Check the vacuum hose and clear/clean as
necessary.
Vacuum leaks
Check the squeegee tool and vacuum hose for leaks
or cracks and repair/replace as necessary.
The squeegee tilt and/or
height is set incorrectly,
Adjust the squeegee tilt and/or height as necessary.
The squeegee
leaves narrow
streaks of water.
The blades are dirty or
damaged
Remove the squeegee, rinse it under warm water
and inspect the blades.
The squeegee lift
actuator will not
raise or lower the
squeegee.
Squeegee actuator overload
(error code 11 displayed)
1. Check for binding or frozen squeegee lift linkage
and excessive weight on the squeegee mount.
• Normal current load is 1-2
amps.
2. Check for a short circuit in the actuator motor and
wiring. Repair or replace.
Reverse or replace the blades if they are cut, torn,
wavy or worn.
• Max current load is 6
amps.
• Max current with no load
is 1.4 amps.
To test the actuator, disconnect the motor plug
and attach the actuator power cord adapter (p/n
56407502) and perform an amp draw test. Compare
readings to the current load specifications.
132
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Squeegee System
Removal and Installation
Warning! Before removing or reinstalling any machine components, make sure the key switch
is off, the key is removed from the machine and the parking brake is engaged.
Squeegee Lift Actuator
1. Remove the Squeegee
Tool from the Squeegee
Mount Weldment.
2. Lower the squeegee
mount to the floor by
pressing the Vacuum/
Wand Switch on the
control panel.
3. Once the brush deck
is in the lowered
position, disconnect
the battery pack (push
in the Emergency
Disconnect) before
you turn the key
switch off. This will
prevent the squeegee
from automatically
rising when the key is
turned off.
Cotter
Hair Pin
Clevis
Pin
Squeegee Mount
Weldment
Cotter
Hair Pin
Squeegee
Tool
4. Turn the key switch
off.
5. Unplug the squeegee
lift motor wiring
connector from the
machine harness.
6. Go underneath the machine and remove the two Hair Cotter Pins, then slide out (push) both Clevis Pins
from their mounting holes to remove the lift actuator from the machine.
Note: New replacement lift actuator motors do not come with the lift drive nut pre-adjusted.
Service Note: After removing the lift actuator, and before installing a new actuator or drive
nut, the drive nut and limit switches must be set (or checked) to their correct
specifications. Refer to the Lift Actuator Adjustment section.
7. After checking or setting the correct actuator lift drive nut dimensions, install the squeegee lift actuator
by following the above steps in reverse order.
Service Note: Connect the special actuator power cord adapter to the lift motor as shown in the
Lift Actuator Adjustment section to help position the lift actuator for an easier
installation.
133
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Squeegee System
Specifications
Component
Specifications
Type – permanent magnet, 36 VDC, 1/6 HP, reversible
Motor-to-drive-screw ratio – 27.1:1
Performance Data
Squeegee Actuator Motor
No Load – Thrust 0 lbs., Speed 39 in/min, 1.4 Amps max.
Full Load – Thrust 600 lbs., Speed 30 in/min, 6.7 ±1 Amps
Start Thrust – 600 lbs.
Special Tools
Actuator Power Cord Adapter, p/n 56407502
134
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
135
Sweep System, Side Broom
Functional Description
Overview
The optional side brooms are available on cylindrical deck machines only. The two 20-inch [50.8 cm] side
brooms are mounted at the front corners of the machine and rotate in opposite directions to sweep dirt and
debris into the main cylindrical brushes. The main cylindrical brushes then sweep the dirt and debris into a
removable hopper.
The side broom lift actuator raises and lowers the side brooms via a pivoting arm linkage assembly. The side
brooms will be lowered automatically when the scrub system is enabled. Note that this automatic side broom
function can be enabled or disabled in the main control programming options. The broom motors will switch
on when the drive pedal is moved from the neutral position.
Side Broom Sweep System Wiring Diagram
+
F4
-
Fuse, 250 A
B+
B-
K7
S1
F1
Circuit Breaker, 3 Amp
8
A1
Speed
Controller
4
3
16
15
36V Battery
Key Switch
D1
S2
Diode
Seat Switch
S3
Battery Interlock Switch
(for roll-out Battery)
K5
Motion
Direction
Bat -
F2
Battery Ground
Bat +
Circuit Breaker, 15 Amp
A2 Control
Board
Assembly
A3
Switch/Display
Panel Assembly
CAN H
CAN L
M4
K6
RED
Bat -
Side Broom Contactor
M
BLK
Side Broom
Actuator
B+
F3
1
Circuit Breaker, 20 Amp
K6
M7
2
M
Side Broom Motor
Side Broom Contactor
M8
M
Side Broom Motor
B+
B-
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Sweep System, Side Broom
Circuit Description
The coil side of contactor K6 gets positive voltage from the Battery when the load side of contactor K5 is
closed. Contactor K5 closes when the A2 Control Board Assembly connects the K5 coil to battery ground.
Contactor K6 is connected to battery ground through the A2 Control Board Assembly.
The Side Broom Motors M7 and M8 get positive voltage from the Battery when the load side of contactor K6 is
closed. Contactor K6 closes when the A2 Control Board Assembly connects the K6 coil to battery ground. The
Side Broom Motors M7 and M8 are connected directly to battery ground.
The Side Broom Actuator M4 gets voltage from the A2 Control Board Assembly which switches the polarity to
move the side brooms up or down. When the A2 Control Board Assembly receives a signal from the A3 Switch/
Display Panel Assembly via the CAN BUS that the operator has pressed the scrub on switch, the A2 Control
Board Assembly sends the appropriate voltage to the Side Broom Actuator M4 to lower the side brooms to the
operating position.
Component Locations
The Side Broom Assemblies are
mounted onto the Side Broom
Bracket Weldments using parallel
Links, sleeve bearings, bushings
and fasteners.
Side Broom
Bracket
Weldment (2)
The Side Broom Lift Actuator is
mounted horizontally is attached
to the machine frame and Lift Arm
with clevis pins. The Lift Arm is
connected via short chains to the
Side Broom Assemblies. As the Side
Broom Lift Actuator retracts and
extends, it pivots the Lift Arm to
raise and lower the Side Broom
Assemblies.
Link (4)
Side Broom
Assembly (2)
Lift
Arm
Side Broom
Lift Actuator
136
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Sweep System, Side Broom
Maintenance and Adjustments
Warning! Before performing any machine maintenance or adjustments, make sure the key
switch is off, the key is removed from the machine and the parking brake is engaged.
Side Broom Height Adjustment
The height of the side brooms is determined by the length of time the side broom actuator runs as it lowers
the side brooms. Note that:
• Increasing the side broom actuator run time lowers the side broom height.
• Decreasing the side broom actuator run time raises the side broom height.
To adjust the side broom height:
1. Turn the key switch off.
2. Press and hold the side broom on/down and scrub off switches.
3. While holding the switches, turn the key switch on.
4. Continue to hold the switches until the side broom on/down indicator, scrub off indicator and both scrub
on indicators turn on.
5. Release the switches. The indicators will stay on and the display will now show the side broom actuator
down run time in seconds.
6. • Press the scrub on switch to increase the side broom actuator run time and lower the position of side
brooms.
• Press the side broom on/down switch to decrease the side broom actuator run time and raise the
position of side brooms.
7. Press the scrub off switch to save the side broom height. The actuator will rise to its up position and the
display will show a key switch icon.
8. Turn the key switch off. The machine is now reprogrammed to work with the new side broom height
setting.
137
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Sweep System, Side Broom
Lift Actuator Adjustment
This section explains the steps for adjusting the actuator drive nut (Spring Housing Assembly) setting for the
lift actuator motor.
Using the Actuator Power Cord Adapter
The adjacent drawing shows the special
actuator power cord adapter (p/n 56407502)
that is needed to connect the machine’s
battery pack and actuator motor for setting
the actuator drive nut limit settings. To
connect the actuator power cord adapter:
1. Open the machine battery compartment
and disconnect the battery connector. The
battery pack is needed to power the lift
actuator motor to correctly set the IN and
OUT limit switches.
2. Connect the actuator motor to be tested to
the power cord adapter end.
3. Connect the alligator clips from the cord adapter (red clip to the positive and black to negative) to
battery connector or battery posts. Use the rocker switch on the actuator power cord adapter to change
the motor rotation when setting the correct actuator drive nut dimensions.
Service Note: You can use the above actuator power cord adapter to help position the drive nut/
spring housing assembly (in or out) for ease in actuator motor installations.
Lift Actuator Drive Nut Adjustment
1. Hold onto the Actuator Drive
Nut and press the rocker
switch on the actuator power
cord adapter to run the drive
motor and retract the Actuator
Drive Nut toward the motor
housing (the IN limit) until the
motor stops.
2. Measure the position of the
Actuator Drive Nut on the
actuator shaft. Manually
turn the Actuator Drive Nut
(steel tube) to the IN position
as shown in the table on the
following page for the specific
actuator motor needing
adjustment.
Adjuster
Cover
Actuator
Drive Nut
Note: All adjustment settings are measured out of the machine (not attached).
138
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Sweep System, Side Broom
3. Hold the Actuator Drive Nut then press the adapter cord rocker switch to run the drive motor to the OUT
position (wait until the motor stops).
4. Measure the position of the Actuator Drive Nut on the shaft and compare the measurement with the OUT
position shown in the table below.
Part #
Actuator Motor
Actuator Drive Nut
IN Position
Actuator Drive Nut
OUT Position
Models
56413129
Side Broom Lift
1-5/8” [4.12cm]
3-1/8” [7.93cm]
Cylindrical w/side
brooms
5. If the OUT measurement doesn’t match the dimension shown in the table, remove the Adjuster Cover and
adjust the OUT position as follows:
• To increase the travel of the Actuator Drive Nut, turn the adjuster clockwise.
• To decrease the travel of the Actuator Drive Nut, turn the adjuster counterclockwise.
Note: Use a 1/2” (13 mm) socket to turn the adjuster. Each click of the adjuster will change the
Actuator Drive Nut 1/16 inch (1.6 mm).
6. Hold the Actuator Drive Nut, run the actuator in and out and check both dimensions after each
adjustment.
7. When the Actuator Drive Nut limits are set correctly, replace the Adjuster Cover.
139
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Sweep System, Side Broom
Troubleshooting
Problem
Cause
Correction
Poor sweeping
performance
Brushes are worn or
damaged
Check and replace the brushes as necessary.
The broom height is not set
correctly.
Check and reset the broom height. Refer to the Side
Broom Height Adjustment section.
The brush gearmotor is not
operating correctly.
Check the gearmotor current draw with no load (6
amps nominal). Replace the gearmotor if necessary.
K6 Side broom motor
1. Check for a K6 coil wiring problem or short circuit
(wire colors VIO and BRN/BLK).
A side broom
motors will not run.
contactor coil overload (error
code 16 displayed)
The nominal coil resistance
is 100 ohms.
2. Check the coil resistance. If the resistance is
below 80 ohms, replace the contactor.
Side broom motor contactor
coil open (error code 36
displayed)
1. Check for open circuit in the K6 coil and wiring
(wire colors VIO and BRN/BLK).
K6 Side broom motor
1. Disconnect the K6 coil wiring (wire colors VIO
and BRN/BLK) and check to see if the code
disappears.
contactor coil short to
ground (error code 37
displayed)
2. Test for 36V at the K6 coil. If 0 Volts, check the A2
control board assembly.
−− If the code disappears, replace the K6
contactor.
−− If the code does reappear, test the wiring for
a short back to the battery ground. Repair or
replace the defective wire.
2. If the above test doesn’t remove the code,
substitute a new A2 control board assembly.
The side brooms
will not extend or
retract.
Side broom actuator
overload (error code 17
displayed)
• Normal current load is 1-2
amps.
• Max current load is 6
amps.
• Max current with no load
is 1.4 amps.
Side broom actuator
motor open (error code 38
displayed)
1. Check for binding or frozen side broom lift linkage
and excessive weight on the lifting arms.
2. Check for a short circuit in the actuator motor and
wiring. Repair or replace.
To test the actuator, disconnect the motor plug
and attach the actuator power cord adapter (p/n
56407502) and perform an amp draw test. Compare
readings to the current load specifications.
1. Use an ohmmeter to check for an open circuit in
the M4 side broom actuator and its wiring (wire
colors GRA/VIO and GRN/ORN). If defective,
repair or replace.
2. Test for 36V at side broom actuator. If 0 Volts,
check the A2 control board assembly.
140
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Sweep System, Side Broom
Removal and Installation
Warning! Before removing or reinstalling any machine components, make sure the key switch
is off, the key is removed from the machine and the parking brake is engaged.
Side Broom Lift Actuator
Note: New replacement lift actuator motors do not come with the lift drive nut pre-adjusted.
1. Remove the scrub
deck. (Refer to
the Removal
and Installation/
Scrub Brush Deck
instructions in the
Scrub System,
Cylindrical section of
this manual.)
2. The side broom lift
actuator motor is
located underneath
the left front of the
machine ahead of
its side skirt. Cut
the wiring tie strap
if needed, then
disconnect the wiring
connector at the
motor.
Side Broom
Lift Actuator
Clevis
Pin
Lift
Arm
Cotter Hair Pin
Cotter
Hair Pin
Clevis
Pin
3. Pull out the two Cotter Hair Pins, then remove the two Clevis Pins holding the motor at the frame and Lift
Arm mounts.
Service Note: It may be helpful to lift up and down on the Lift Arm to relieve any preload pressure
on the Clevis Pins when removing the front Clevis Pin.
4. Drop the Side Broom Lift Actuator out from underneath the machine to remove it.
Note: New replacement lift actuator motors do not come with the lift drive nut pre-adjusted.
Service Note: After removing the lift actuator, and before installing a new actuator or drive
nut, the drive nut and limit switches must be set (or checked) to their correct
specifications. Refer to the Lift Actuator Adjustment section.
5. After checking or setting the correct actuator lift drive nut dimensions, install the side broom lift
actuator by following the above steps in reverse order.
Service Note: Connect the special actuator power cord adapter to the lift motor as shown in the
Lift Actuator Adjustment section to help position the lift actuator for an easier
installation of the Clevis Pins.
141
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Sweep System, Side Broom
Side Broom Gearmotor
1. Remove the Side
Die
Spring (2)
Broom Retainer Pin,
then pull down on
the Side Broom and
remove it from the
motor shaft.
2. Disconnect the motor
wiring connector from
the main machine
harness. Note that you
may need to cut the tie
straps to do this.
Gearmotor
Assembly
Side
Broom
Bracket
Weldment
Die
Spring
3. Remove the fasteners
holding the Gearmotor
Assembly to the
Side Broom Bracket
Weldment.
Side Broom
Retainer Pin
4. Install the Side Broom
Motor by following the
above steps in reverse
order.
5. Note that the position
of the mounting
screws inside the
three Die Springs set
the spring tension
for the side broom
front and side impact
breakaway.
Side
Broom
Once you’ve reinstalled the Gearmotor Assembly, adjust the mounting screws inside the Die Springs to the
dimensions shown in the detail drawing above.
6. Test the side broom Gearmotor Assembly for correct operation.
142
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Sweep System, Side Broom
Specifications
Component
Specifications
Type – permanent magnet, 36 VDC
Gearbox – 27:1 ratio
Side Broom Gearnotor
Power – 162 Watts
Output – 105 in-lbs. @ 84 RPM
Current – 6 Amps
Type – permanent magnet, 36 VDC, 1/6 HP, reversible
Motor-to-drive-screw ratio – 21.7:1
Performance Data
Side Broom Actuator Motor
No Load – Thrust 0 lbs., Speed 39 ±4 in/min, 1.4 Amps max.
Full Load – Thrust 600 lbs., Speed 30 ±3 in/min, 6.7 ±1 Amps
Start Thrust – 600 lbs.
Special Tools
Actuator Power Cord Adapter, p/n 56407502
143
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
144
Wheel System, Non-traction
Functional Description
Overview
The non-traction wheel system supports the rear of the machine and includes the braking system.
Component Locations
The Non-traction (rear)
Wheels are attached to the
brake Spindles and are
held on the frame shafts
by a M10-1.5 x 20mm hex
screw and washer.
The Brake Pedal Assembly
actuates the Brakes via
a Cable Assembly. The
Brake
Pedal
Assembly
Brake Pedal Assembly
Cable
Assembly
can be locked with the
Brakes engaged to act as a
parking brake.
The Cable Assembly
actuates an Equalizer
that ensures the tension
from the Cable Assembly
is applied equally to both
brakes.
Non-traction
Wheel (2)
Spindle (2)
Equalizer
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Non-traction
Maintenance and Adjustments
Warning! Before performing any machine maintenance or adjustments, make sure the key
switch is off and the key is removed from the machine. Chock both rear wheels so
the machine can’t roll.
Brake Cable Replacement
1. Remove the floor plate
to access the cable
assembly at the brake
pedal.
2. Loosen the Locknut on
the cable end Mounting
Bolt, then remove the
Mounting Bolt and
cable end.
3. Loosen the cable
casing Anchor Nuts
and pull the cable
free from its mount
bracket on the chassis.
Mounting
Bolt
Anchor
Nuts
4. Locate a plastic Tie
Strap on the lower left
side of the chassis at
midpoint, then cut the
Tie Strap to free the
cable at that point.
Anchor
Locknuts
5. Unclip the cable Clevis
Yoke at the left brake
caliper at the arm and
separate.
6. Loosen the cable
Anchor Locknuts at
the Equalizer Yoke
Equalizer
Yoke
Locknut
Clevis
Yoke
Tie
Strap
mounting bracket.
The cable assembly
is now completely
disconnected.
7. Attach a new cable to the end of the old cable at the brake pedal, then pull the old cable out and pull the
new cable through the chassis.
8. Follow the above steps in reverse to reconnect the cable.
9. Follow the steps in the Brake Cable Adjustment section below to adjust the brake for correct operation.
145
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Non-traction
Brake Cable Adjustment
Caution! Always test-ride the machine after making any adjustments to the brake system to
confirm that the braking system is operating correctly.
1. Make sure the parking brake lever is in the released (off) position.
2. Adjust the front brake
cable Anchor Nuts so
1/4” of the threads
is exposed as shown,
then tighten Anchor
Nuts.
3. Install a new Tie Strap
to the chassis as a
cable guide. Allow a
small amount of cable
movement through
the Tie Strap. There
should be about 1/2”
of clearance between
the Tie Strap and the
chassis as shown.
Equalizer
Yoke
Anchor
Nuts
4. Check that the left
rear brake (adjustable)
Clevis Yoke has about
1/8”-3/16” of thread
engagement as shown,
then tighten the
hardware.
5. Adjust the cable at
the Equalizer Yoke so
1/8” of the threads is
exposed.
6. Adjust the connection
at the Equalizer Yoke
to obtain a snug brake
pedal with no free
play, then tighten the
Anchor Locknuts.
Anchor
Locknuts
Clevis
Yoke
Tie
Strap
146
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Non-traction
Brake Caliper Pad Wear Adjustment
Caution! Always test-ride the machine after making any adjustments to the brake system to
confirm that the braking system is operating correctly.
Note:The Brake Arm must not bottom out against the front slot on the caliper.
1. Loosen the large outer
Locknut.
Brake
Arm
2. Turn the inner caliper
Adjustment Screw in to
compensate for pad wear.
Note: Do not overadjust the
Adjustment Screw
to the point
where the pad
drags excessively
against the brake
rotor.
3. Tighten the Locknut.
4. After making the adjustment,
make sure the machine can be
pushed easily when the brake
pedal is not engaged.
Adjustment
Screw
Locknut
Right Side Caliper
Troubleshooting
Problem
Cause
Correction
Poor braking
performance
The brakes are out of
adjustment
Adjust the brake cable as necessary. (Refer to the
Brake Cable Adjustment section.)
If the brake cable is stretched to the point where
it cannot be adjusted to provide good braking
performance, replace the brake cable assembly.
Adjust the brake caliper to compensate for pad wear.
(Refer to the Brake Caliper Pad Wear Adjustment
section.)
If the brake pads are worn to the point where the
brake calipers cannot be adjusted to provide good
braking performance, replace the brake pads.
Contamination on the brake
pads
Clean or replace the brake pads as necessary.
147
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Non-traction
Removal and Installation
Warning! Before removing or reinstalling any machine components, make sure the key switch
is off and the key is removed from the machine.
Install wood blocking or chocks in front of and behind the front drive wheel to
prevent the machine from rolling.
Rear Wheel and Brake Caliper
1. Grip the brake lever
Return Spring and pull
it back to remove it
from the Retainer Bolt
mounted to the chassis
(both right and left
wheels).
2. • On the left wheel,
unclip the brake
cable Clevis Yoke
at the brake arm
and remove it from
the brake arm
mounting hole.
Clevis
Yoke
Return
Spring
M10-1.5 x
20mm Hex
Screw
• On the right wheel,
remove the Cotter
Pin from the Brake
Linkage Rod and
disconnect the
Brake
Rotor
Brake Linkage Rod
from the brake arm
mounting hole.
3. Loosen the M10-1.5
x 20mm Hex Screw
holding the Rear Wheel
Cotter
Pin
Brake
Linkage
Rod
M10-1.5 x
30mm Hex
Screw (4)
Rear
Wheel
Retainer
Bolt
to the axle.
4. Position a suitable jack underneath the wheel axle and jack up the machine so the wheel is
approximately 1 inch off the floor.
Warning! Place wood blocking under the rear axle as the machine is only being supported by
the jack. This is to prevent any accidents or machine damage when the wheel is off of
the machine.
5. Remove the M10-1.5 x 20mm Hex Screw and washer and carefully pull the complete wheel and brake
assembly off the axle.
6. If you are replacing the wheel:
a. Remove the four M10-1.5 x 30mm Hex Screws and nuts holding the Brake Rotor to the Rear Wheel hub.
b. Reattach the salvaged Brake Rotor to the new Rear Wheel hub.
148
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Non-traction
7. To reinstall the wheel and brake assembly:
a. Place the brake caliper onto the rotor and align the caliper slots with the chassis.
b. Slide the wheel and brake assembly onto the axle.
c. Install the M10-1.5 x 20mm Hex Screw and washer to fasten the Rear Wheel to the axle.
Service Note: Apply a small amount of Loctite 242 (blue) thread sealant to the M10-1.5 x 20mm Hex
Screw to prevent the screw from loosening.
d. Remove the wood blocking from the rear axle, then lower the jack.
e. • Reconnect the brake cable Clevis Yoke to the brake arm (left wheel).
• Reconnect the Brake Linkage Rod to the brake arm (right wheel) and reinstall the Cotter Pin.
f. Reinstall the Return Spring onto the Retainer Bolt (both right and left wheels).
149
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
150
Wheel System, Traction
Functional Description
Overview
The traction wheel system includes the drive wheel assembly, Curtis A1 speed controller and associated
circuitry, drive wheel steering assembly and the drive pedal assembly.
Drive Wheel Assembly
The 1.75 HP Drive Motor Assembly
drives the Poly Front Wheel to
propel the machine.
The Drive Motor Assembly has
four terminal connections; two
armature connections (A1 and A2)
and two field connections (F1 and
F2). The speed controller provides
pulse-width-modulated (PWM)
voltage and current output to the
motor armature connections (A1
and A2) to control the motor speed,
and changes the polarity to the
field connections (F1 and F2) to
control the motor drive direction.
Poly Front
Wheel
Drive Motor
Assembly
Curtis A1 Speed Controller
The Curtis solid-state speed controller (A1) controls the speed and
direction of wheel drive motor according to the inputs it receives
from the A2 control board assembly. The speed controller is
located to the left of the operator seat behind the electrical access
panel.
The speed controller is programmed for two maximum speed
setting modes, M1max and M2max.
• The M1max is the transport speed mode and is set at 100% of
the total system’s speed potential.
• The M2max is the scrubbing speed mode and is set at 70% of
the total system’s speed potential.
Note that both of the speed settings (M1 and M2) can be changed
(increased or decreased) from the original factory specifications
only by using the hand-held Curtis programmer. Refer to the
Maintenance and Adjustments/Programming Vehicle Speed
Changes section for instructions on using the programmer for
speed setting changes.
Curtis A1
Speed
Controller
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Drive Wheel Steering Assembly
The steering assembly transfers the steering wheel rotation through the
steering shafts and universal joint to the Steer Sprocket at the bottom
of the assembly. The Steer Sprocket runs a chain connected to the front
spindle weldment to turn the drive wheel left and right.
Steer
Sprocket
Drive Pedal Assembly
The drive pedal rotates the 5kΩ potentiometer
(R1) via the Link Weldment and Throttle Lever
according to the operator’s specific drive
pedal speed and direction demands. The 5kΩ
potentiometer is mounted inside the Potentiometer
Housing. The A1 Curtis speed controller
senses the voltage (0-5 VDC) through the R1
potentiometer to determine the appropriate speed
and direction of the wheel drive motor.
Potentiometer
Housing
Throttle
Lever
Link
Weldment
151
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Traction Wheel System Wiring Diagram
+
F4
-
Fuse, 250 A
M
R1
1
Traction Motor
Rev.
Circuit Breaker, 3 Amp
S1
Key Switch
3
For.
Pot. 5k Ohm
D1
S2
Diode
Seat Switch
A1
Speed
Controller
S3
Battery Interlock Switch
(for roll-out Battery)
B+
9
2
K7
F1
16
15
14
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
F2
A2
B+
A1
M-
M1
B-
F1
S2
S1
36V Battery
Motion
Direction
Fault
Mode 2
Mode 1
A2 Control
Board
Assembly
CAN H
CAN L
A3
Switch/Display
Panel Assembly
Battery Ground
B-
Circuit Description
The A1 Speed Controller gets positive voltage from the Battery when the load side of contactor K7 is closed.
Contactor K7 closes when the Circuit Breaker F1 and Key Switch S1 are closed. The A1 Speed Controller is
connected to battery ground.
The Seat Switch S2 and Battery Interlock Switch S3 must be closed to provide input to the A2 Control Board
Assembly.
Moving the drive pedal forward or backward changes the resistance through the 5k Ohm Pot R1, which
changes the 0-5 VDC voltage signal to the A1 Speed Controller. Note that 2.5 VDC to the A1 Speed
Controller is neutral. The A1 Speed Controller interprets the input voltage as a direction and percentage of
throttle movement, and sends the appropriate voltage to the Traction Motor M1. The PWM voltage to the
motor armature connections (A1 and A2) controls the motor speed. The polarity of the voltage to the field
connections (F1 and F2) controls the motor direction.
152
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Component Locations
Drive Wheel Assembly
The Drive Wheel Assembly
is located underneath the
front of the machine in
line with the Drive Wheel
Steering Assembly.
Seat
Switch S2
Key
Switch S1
A2
Control Board
Assembly
Drive Wheel
Steering
Assembly
Curtis A1 Speed
Controller
The Curtis A1 Speed
Controller and A2 Control
Board Assembly are
mounted on the electrical
mount to the left of the
operator position.
Drive Wheel Steering
Assembly
The Drive Wheel Steering
Assembly is attached to the
machine above the Drive
Wheel Assembly.
Curtis A1 Speed
Controller
Battery
Interlock
Switch S3
Drive
Pedal
Assembly
0-5k Ohm
Potentiometer
Drive Wheel
Assembly
Drive Pedal Assembly
The Drive Pedal Assembly is mounted on the floor plate to the operator’s right. The 0-5k Ohm Potentiometer
that controls the drive motor speed and direction is housed in the Drive Pedal Assembly.
Interlock Switches
• Key Switch S1 – main power switch, mounted on the control panel.
• Seat Switch S2 – closes when the operator is in the seat.
• Battery Interlock Switch S3 – closes when the roll-out battery is in the normal operating position.
153
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Maintenance and Adjustments
Warning! Before performing any machine maintenance or adjustments, make sure the key
switch is off, the key is removed from the machine and the parking brake is engaged.
Steering Chain
1. Inspect the chain for looseness and binding.
2. Adjust the chain tension to 3/16”-1/4” [4.7- 6.4 mm] deflection by following the instructions in the
Removal and Installation/Steering Chain Removal and Tensioning section.
3. Keep all of the steer chain links greased to prevent excessive wear and binding.
Curtis Speed Controller
There are no user-serviceable parts inside the Curtis PMC 1243 controller. No attempt should be made to
open the controller. Opening the controller may damage it and will void the warranty.
However, it is recommended that the controller exterior be cleaned periodically. If a handheld programmer is
available, this periodic cleaning provides a good opportunity to check the controller’s diagnostic history file.
Programming Vehicle Speed Changes
The maximum high speed M1 (transport) and maximum low speed M2 (scrub) can be changed electronically
using the handheld programmer. To change a parameter using the programmer:
1. Press the PROGRAM key and scroll down the Program Menu until the desired parameter is the top line
of the display.
2. Press the appropriate CHANGE VALUE key (up or down) until the desired number is reached. The
parameter is now set at the desired value.
All programming occurs in real time. In other words, the parameters can be changed while the vehicle is in
operation. The upper and lower limits of parameters are set at the factory.
Some parameters have dependencies on other parameters. When the programmer is being used to adjust
a parameter and a limit is reached, the display will stop changing. To see why the display has stopped
changing, press the MORE INFO key. If the limit is related to another parameter, that information will be
displayed. Changing the value of the related parameter may allow the original parameter to be adjusted
further. Otherwise, the display simply says Max Limit or Min Limit.
Use of the programmer models 1307 (old style) and 1311 (new style) is described more fully in the Curtis
Programmer manual 56043101.
154
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Troubleshooting
General Troubleshooting
Problem
Cause
Correction
Wheel drive motor will not
run in forward and reverse.
Batteries need charging (low battery
voltage).
Recharge the batteries.
Control Circuit Breaker (F1) is tripped.
Reset the circuit breaker.
The parking brake is engaged.
Release the parking brake.
The emergency-stop/battery disconnect
is disengaged.
Reengage the emergency-stop/
battery disconnect.
The seat switch (S2) is not closed.
Check the seat switch and
repair/replace as necessary.
Defective battery roll-out interlock switch
(S3).
Adjust/replace switch as
necessary.
Defective wheel drive motor.
Replace the motor.*
Defective throttle potentiometer (R1).
Replace the throttle pot.*
Defective main contactor (K7).
Replace contactor K7.
The wheel will only drive in
one direction; loss of either
forward or reverse.
The A1 speed controller can’t change
the electrical polarity to the wheel motor
at the field terminals S1 and S2.
Check the A1 speed controller.
The hourmeter/status
display shows an error 03
fault code.
The A1 speed controller has sensed an
operation error code fault.
Refer to the Status LED Fault
Codes section.
* See the Curtis Controller Diagnostics section.
Curtis Controller Diagnostics
Diagnostics Method A
Method A uses the machine’s control display LCD
panel and detergent system LED indicator.
The Curtis speed control will output a fault code
if there is a problem associated with the speed
control and wheel drive system. If a speed control
fault occurs, the display LCD panel will indicate
03.
Fault
Indicator
Ø.4
03
When the 03 error code is displayed and detects a fault, the detergent system indicator
LED will flash a special error code sequence until the fault is corrected. Refer to the
Status LED Fault Codes section for a description of the fault indications.
Service Note: Instructions on how to read the error code flashes on the
detergent system indicator: For example, OO O = two light
flashes, a short pause, one flash, a long pause, then the code will
be repeated. This indicates fault code 2,1.
155
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Diagnostics Method B
Method B uses the optional hand-held Curtis programmer model 1307, or the new model 1311 MP1101.
With a programmer, diagnostics and troubleshooting is more direct than with the detergent system LED
indicator alone. The programmer presents complete diagnostic information in plain language with no codes
to decipher. Faults are displayed in the Diagnostic Menu, and the status of the controller inputs/outputs is
displayed in the Test Menu.
The following four-step process is generally used for diagnosing and troubleshooting an inoperative vehicle:
1. Visually inspect the vehicle for obvious problems.
2. Diagnose the problem using the programmer.
3. Test the circuitry with the programmer.
4. Correct the problem. Repeat the last three steps as necessary until the vehicle is operational.
For example: A vehicle that does not operate in “forward” is brought in for repair.
1. Examine the vehicle and its wiring for any obvious problems such as broken wires or loose connections.
2. Connect the programmer, put it in diagnostic mode and read the displayed fault information. In this
example, the display shows “No Faults Present”, indicating that the controller has not detected anything
out of the norm.
3. Put the programmer in the test mode and observe the status of inputs and outputs in the forward
direction. In this example, the display shows that the forward input did not activate when “forward” was
selected, which means the problem is either in the electronic throttle or the throttle wiring.
4. Check or replace the electronic throttle and wiring and repeat the test. If the programmer shows the
forward switch closing and the vehicle now drives normally, the problem has been corrected.
Refer to the Status LED Fault Codes section for suggestions covering a wide range of possible faults.
Diagnostic History
The handheld programmer can be used to access the controller’s diagnostic history file. Connect the
programmer, press the MORE INFO key. While continuing to hold the MORE INFO key, press the DIAGNOSTICS
key. The programmer will read out all the faults that the controller has experienced since the last time the
diagnostic history file was cleared. The faults may be intermittent faults, faults caused by loose wires or
faults caused by operator errors. Faults such as HPD or over-temperature may be caused by operator habits
or by overloading.
After a problem has been diagnosed and corrected, it’s advisable to clear the diagnostic history file. This
allows the controller to accumulate a new file of faults. By checking the new diagnostic history file at a later
date, you can readily determine whether the problem was indeed completely fixed.
To clear the diagnostic history file, go to the Special Program Menu (by pressing and holding the MORE INFO
key, and then pressing the PROGRAM key). Scroll through the menu until Clear Diagnostic History is the top
line in the display, then press MORE INFO again. The programmer will prompt you to acknowledge or cancel.
See the Curtis programmer manual 56043101 for more detail on programmer operation.
Service Note: The text used above in the descriptions of the Curtis programmer usage is that used
for the original (older) model 1307. Reference the manual 56043101 for the correct
usage terminology for the new model programmer 1311.
156
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Status LED Fault Codes
LED
Code
Status Light
Display
Off
Explanation
Possible Cause
No power or defective controller
Solid
On
Controller or microprocessor
fault
0,1
0 (single LED
flash every 5
seconds)
Controller operational; no faults
1,1
00
Current sensor error
Controller defective.
1,2
0 00
Hardware fail-safe error
Controller defective.
1,3
0 000
M- fault or motor output short
Internal M- short to B-. Controller defective.
1,4
0 0000
SRO fault
1. Incorrect sequence of KSI*, interlock
(seat switch), and direction inputs.
2. Wrong SRO type selected.
3. Interlock or direction switch circuit open.
4. Sequencing delay too short.
2,1
00 0
Throttle wiper fault
1. Throttle input wire open.
2. Throttle input wire shorted to B+ or B-.
3. Throttle pot defective.
4. Wrong throttle type selected.
2,3
00 000
HPD fault
1. Incorrect sequence of KSI*, interlock, and
throttle inputs.
2. Wrong HPD type selected.
3. Throttle pot not adjusted correctly.
4. Sequencing delay too short.
2,4
00 0000
Pot low input fault
1. Throttle pot wire open.
2. Throttle pot wire shorted.
3. Wrong throttle type selected.
3,1
3,2
000 0
000 00
Contactor driver overcurrent or
field winding shorted
1. Main contactor coil shorted.
Main contactor welded
1. Main contactor stuck closed.
2. Field winding shorted.
2. Main contactor driver shorted.
3,3
000 000
Motor field winding open
1. Field winding connection open.
2. Field winding open.
3,4
000 0000
Missing contactor
1. Main contactor coil open.
2. Main contactor missing.
3. Wire to main contactor open.
157
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
LED
Code
Status Light
Display
4,1
0000 0
Explanation
Low battery voltage
Wheel System, Traction
Possible Cause
1. Battery voltage <under-voltage cutback
limit.
2. Corroded battery terminal.
3. Loose battery or controller terminal.
4,2
0000 00
Over-voltage
1. Battery voltage >over-voltage shutdown
limit.
2. Vehicle operating with charger attached.
4,3
0000 000
Over / Under-temp. cutback
1. Temperature >85°C (185°F) or<-25°C
(-13°F).
2. Excessive load on vehicle.
3. Incorrect mounting of controller.
4. Operation in extreme environments.
4,4
0000 0000
Anti-tie-down fault
1. Mode switches shorted to B+.
2. Mode switches “tied down” to select
Mode 2 or Mode 4 permanently.
*Note: A KSI (key switch input) system problem is a specific HPD (high pedal disable) type operational
fault, caused by the operator activating the forward/reverse drive pedal before turning on the main
key switch, or activating the throttle before sitting on the seat. This can be cleared by returning the
operator’s drive pedal to neutral and cycling the key switch off and on.
158
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Removal and Installation
Warning! Before removing or reinstalling any machine components, make sure the key switch
is off, the key is removed from the machine and the parking brake is engaged.
Steering Chain Removal and Tensioning
1. Turn the master key switch off and disconnect the battery pack emergency-stop/battery disconnect.
2. Loosen the four Screws
from underneath the
front of the machine
and push the Lower
Lower
Steering
Column
Steering Column
toward the rear of the
machine. This will
allow you to separate
the Chain from the
Steer Sprocket.
3. Remove both Master
Links that secure the
Chain to the Steer Plate
then remove the Chain
from the chassis.
4. Reinstall the Chain by
following the above
steps in reverse order.
5. Adjust the Chain
tension so there is
about 3/16” – 1/4”
[4.7 – 6.4mm] total
deflection with
moderate pressure
applied at the Midpoint
as shown.
Steer
Sprocket
Chain
Midpoint
Steer
Plate
Screw (4)
Front
View from
underneath
the machine
Master
Link
Service Note: Use a pry bar or shims between the chassis and steer column to help secure the
tension adjustment when tightening the four steering column mounting Screws.
159
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Front Drive Tire
Note: It is not necessary to remove the complete wheel drive/spindle assembly to service the drive
tire only.
Warning! Turn the key switch off and disconnect the battery pack by pushing in the
emergency-stop/battery disconnect red lever.
Engage the machine parking brake and block both rear wheels so machine can’t roll.
Never work under machine without safety stands or blocking to support the machine.
1. Observe the four motor wires and
note their colors and their correct
terminal connections for reassembly.
2. Remove the four motor wires from
the motor terminals as shown using
a 7/16” wrench for the two small
terminals, and a 1/2” wrench on the
large terminals.
F1
RED/GRN
F2
YEL/BLK
A1 RED
A2 BLK
Service Note: When you disassemble or reassemble the wire terminal connecting hardware, use
an extra wrench to help prevent the electrical motor stud(s) from rotating to prevent
damage to the internal motor leads.
3. Remove the 16 5/16”- 24
5/16”- 24
Socket Head
Cap Screw (16)
Socket Head Cap Screws
from the rim (use a 1/4”
hex drive socket).
Gear
Housing
Tire
4. Safely jack up or lift the
front of the machine 1 to
2 inches [25-50 mm] and
block both front machine
corners.
5. Locate the two tapped
holes laid out 180 degrees
apart found on the tire
rim. Thread two 1/4”-20
Hex Head Screws into the
tapped holes, then turn
the Screws equally to push
apart (separate) the Tire
from the Gear Housing.
6. To install a Tire, clean
the tire rim and drive
drum, then apply a small
amount of Never-Seez® to
the back side of the rim.
7. Reinstall the 16 5/16”- 24
Socket Head Cap Screws
and torque the Screws to
24-26 ft-lbs [32-35 Nm].
1/4”- 20
Hex Head
Screw (2)
160
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Steering Spindle and Wheel Drive Assembly
Warning! Turn the key switch off and disconnect the battery pack by pushing in the
emergency-stop/battery disconnect red lever.
Engage the machine parking brake and block both rear wheels so machine can’t roll.
1. Observe the four motor wires and
note their colors and their correct
terminal connections for reassembly.
2. Remove the four motor wires from
the motor terminals as shown using
a 7/16” wrench for the two small
terminals, and a 1/2” wrench on the
large terminals.
F1
RED/GRN
F2
YEL/BLK
A1 RED
A2 BLK
Service Note: When you disassemble or reassemble the wire terminal connecting hardware, use
an extra wrench to help prevent the electrical motor stud(s) from rotating to prevent
damage to the internal motor leads.
3. Remove the hex screw
and nut holding the motor
wiring harness P-clamp
(use a 7/16” wrench), then
pull wiring to the rear of
the machine.
4. Loosen the four Screws
from underneath the front
of the machine and push
the lower steering column
toward the rear of the
machine. This will allow
you to separate the Chain
from the Steer Sprocket.
5. Remove the false floor
plate in the operator
compartment (held with
three screws) to allow
access to the top spindle
mounting hardware.
Bearing
Dust Cap
Cotter
Pin
Castle
Nut
Screw (4)
Screw (6)
6. Remove the Bearing Dust
Cap, Cotter Pin and Castle
Nut from the spindle shaft.
Steer
Sprocket
Chain
P-clamp
161
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Warning! Never work under machine without safety stands or blocking to support the machine.
7. Safely jack up or lift up the front of the machine 8-10 inches [20-25 cm] from the center bottom edge of
the solution tank.
8. Carefully guide the wheel motor assembly down and out of its frame opening. Tilt the wheel motor
assembly to the side while raising the machine, then pull it out from underneath the machine.
Note: Be careful not to damage the threads and bearing surfaces when dropping the spindle shaft
down through the frame when removing it from the chassis.
9. Inspect the bearings and seal and replace as needed. If further service work is needed, remove the six
Screws to separate the spindle/steer plate weldment and splash fender from the gear box housing. Also
refer to the Electric Drive Motor section.
10. Reassemble the steering spindle and wheel drive assembly by following the above steps in reverse order.
Note: Tighten the Castle Nut to eliminate any bearing play, then back off the Castle Nut enough to
install a new Cotter Pin.
Electric Drive Motor
1. Follow steps 1 through 9 in the Steering Spindle and Wheel Drive Assembly section.
2. Remove the 12 Gear
Case Cover Screws (two
long and 10 short)
holding the Gear Case
Cover to the large Gear
Housing (use a 3/16”
hex driver socket).
Gear
Housing
Gear Case
Cover
Screw (12)
3. Separate (pry) the
Gear Case Cover from
the Gear Housing by
tapping on the three
casting ear corners on
the Gear Case Cover.
4. Use a snap ring pliers
to remove the Retainer
Ring, then pull the
small Motor Gear from
the end of the motor
shaft.
5. Separate the Motor
Assembly from the
Gear Housing.
Motor
Gear
Retainer
Ring
Gear
Case
Cover
Motor
Assembly
6. Reinstall the Motor Assembly by following the above steps in reverse order. Torque the 12 Gear Case
Cover Screws to 10 ft-lbs [13 Nm].
162
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Carbon Motor Brush Inspection and Replacement
Warning! Turn the key switch off and disconnect the battery pack by pushing in the
emergency-stop/battery disconnect red lever.
Engage the machine parking brake and block both rear wheels so machine can’t roll.
1. To inspect the carbon
brushes (quantity of
four) for brush wear
and length, remove
the Socket Head Cap
Screw (using a 1/8”
hex wrench), then
separate the metal
Inspection Band from
the motor end bell.
Inspection
Band
Socket Head
Cap Screw
Motor
Assembly
Service Note: Bend a sharp loop in the end of a stiff piece of wire to fabricate a tool to pull on the
end of the carbon brush spring tail to easily help apply or remove the spring tension
on the end of a carbon brush.
2. Remove the spring tension on the end of each brush using the above mentioned tool, and then pull the
brush from the holder to examine and measure it. A new brush measures 1 inch (25.4 mm) in length. If
a brush is less than 3/8 inch (10 mm) in length, replace it.
Note: Each brush has a wire end secured to the brush ring with a small hex screw. Use a 5/16”
socket to remove the screw.
163
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Potentiometer Removal and Testing
Warning! Turn the key switch off and disconnect the battery pack by pushing in the
emergency-stop/battery disconnect red lever.
Engage the machine parking brake and block both rear wheels so machine can’t roll.
Potentiometer Removal
1. Remove the five
Screws holding the
drive pedal mount
assembly to the
chassis, then carefully
lift the pedal assembly
up and lay it on its
side.
2. Observe the three
wires connected
to the drive pedal
Potentiometer (pot),
and also the single
GRN/YEL throttle
Ground Wire. Note the
correct wire colors
and their terminal
connections for
reassembly.
Link
Rod
Pedal
Screw (5)
Mounting
Hardware
Front
Throttle
Lever
Screw
Nut
Mount
Housing
Potentiometer
3. Disconnect the wiring
and remove the pedal
mount assembly from
the machine.
Ground
Wire
4. Remove the Link Rod
from the Pedal. Be
careful not to lose
the link rod Mounting
Hardware items.
5. Loosen the Nut and Screw at the drive pedal Throttle Lever, then pry the Throttle Lever off of the end of the
Potentiometer shaft.
6. Remove the Potentiometer from the Mount Housing.
Potentiometer Testing
Note: The pot doesn’t have to be removed from the housing to test.
1. Test the Potentiometer using an ohmmeter (the pot specification is 5K Ohms).
2. Connect the meter leads to each of the outside connections on the Potentiometer. The meter should read
approximately 5000 Ohms (plus or minus 500 Ohms).
164
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
3. Move one of the test leads to the middle connection and turn the stem in both directions. The range of
the readings should be approximately 1300-2500 Ohms or 2500-3700 Ohms, increasing and decreasing
through its full range.
4. If you do not get these readings, replace the Potentiometer.
Service Note: A simple shortcut method for testing and adjusting the pot resistance values is at
the 16 pin plug on the speed controller. Just disconnect the plug and back-probe
pins 5, 6 and 7 (wire colors VIO/BLK, BRN/RED and WHT/BLK). The controller
can be easily accessed by removing the electrical panel door located to the left of the
operator position.
Potentiometer Installation and Adjustment
Warning! The potentiometer adjustment sets the drive pedal for a neutral drive motor
operation. If the pot is not adjusted correctly, the machine will creep in either forward
or reverse.
1. Install the
Potentiometer into
the Mount Housing
and tighten the
attachment nut.
2. Loosely connect
both the Link Rod to
the Pedal, and the
Throttle Lever to the
Potentiometer input
shaft.
3. Tighten the Link
Rod pedal Mounting
Hardware only. Check
the Pedal movement
It must move freely
in both forward and
reverse.
4. See the Potentiometer
terminal detail.
Attach test leads
from a volt/ohm
meter to the VIO/
BLK and WHT/
BLK wire connection
points on the
Potentiometer to check
its total resistance (for
example 4800 Ohms).
Link
Rod
Pedal
Screw (5)
Torsion
Spring
Mounting
Hardware
Front
Throttle
Lever
Screw
Nut
Mount
Housing
Potentiometer
Ground
Wire
5. Connect the ohmmeter test leads to the VIO/BLK and BRN/RED Potentiometer connection points. Use
a small screwdriver to turn the shaft end on the Potentiometer to half the total resistance previously
measured. For example: 4800 Ohms divided by 2 = 2400 Ohms. Then, without turning the shaft, tighten
the Screw and Nut to secure the setting at the Throttle Lever.
165
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
6. Reconnect the three wires to the Potentiometer and the single GRN/YEL throttle Ground Wire. Make sure
the wires are connected to the correct terminals as was noted when the drive pedal was removed.
7. Reinstall the drive pedal mount assembly onto the chassis, the reinstall and tighten the five Screws.
8. Test-drive the machine to check for correct speed and forward/reverse directional control.
Service Note: Also confirm the Hourmeter/Status Display is free of the error code 03 (drive system
fault). If error 03 is shown, the throttle is not set correctly for the potentiometer
and/or drive pedal neutral position. Check both again and readjust.
Alternate Method for Throttle Adjustment
The throttle adjustment is easier and more accurately adjusted by measuring the throttle potentiometer
wiper voltage with respect to B (-).
To set throttle neutral:
1. Connect a voltmeter to B (-) on the speed controller and to the BRN/RED wire. A thin probe can be
inserted into the connector at pin 6 on the speed controller, or an insulation piercing probe can be used
on the BRN/RED wire.
2. Adjust the throttle potentiometer to 2.50 +/- .05 volts with the throttle pedal in neutral. This will ensure
that the throttle is centered on neutral, and there is 100% throttle when the pedal is fully depressed in
the forward direction. A Curtis programmer can be used to check that there is 100% throttle in forward.
Voltmeter
(-)
(+)
V
COIL
MAIN CONTACTOR
166
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Drive Pedal Neutral Adjustment and Pedal Replacement
If the drive pedal has been removed or replaced, the pedal neutral position will have to be set. Follow the
steps below to accomplish this.
Warning! Turn the key switch off and disconnect the battery pack by pushing in the
emergency-stop/battery disconnect red lever..
Note: Before making any adjustments, inspect the Torsion Spring for defects and for the correct
positions of both spring ends. (See the figure on the following page.) If the Torsion Spring is
damaged, replace it.
To Adjust the Pedal Spring
1. Loosen the Screw and Nut. The Screw and Bushing are
positioned between both forward and reverse torsion
spring ends. Their position controls the needed preload pressure to eliminate excessive pedal free-play,
and provides a balanced spring rate to return the
pedal to a centered (neutral) position.
2. Push the Screw back into the pedal frame slot to
increase spring tension and eliminate pedal free play.
Nut
3. Tighten the Screw and Nut. Be careful not to pull on
the linkage connection to the pot shaft and disturb
(move) its neutral setting.
Bushing
Screw
Torsion
Spring
167
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
To Replace the Pedal or Spring
1. Position the Torsion
Spring Ends as shown.
This is with the
Bushing and screw not
installed.
Torsion
Spring
End
2. Place the Bushing
inside the pedal
channel. Pilot it
into position using a
scratch awl or a pin
punch.
3. Pivot (press) the pedal
and insert the screw
from the opposite side,
pushing the guide tool
out.
Bushing
Torsion
Spring
End
Right Side View
Front View
4. Use a screwdriver to tap and pry the Bushing back in the pedal slot to increase spring tension.
5. Work the bushing back and forth on both sides of the pedal to obtain equal spacing, then tighten the
screw and nut. A correctly-adjusted drive pedal will have minimal amount of free-play when selecting a
drive direction.
6. Reconnect the batteries and test the machine to make sure it does not “creep” forward or reverse when
the pedal returns to neutral.
Service Note: Also confirm that the Hourmeter/Status Display is free of the error code 03
(drive system fault). If error 03 is shown, the throttle is not set correctly for the
potentiometer and/or drive pedal neutral position. Check both again and readjust.
Installation Checkout for the Curtis Speed Controller
Warning! The Curtis 1243 controller is inherently a high-power device. When working around
any battery-powered vehicle, appropriate safety precautions must be taken. These
include, but are not limited to: proper training, wearing eye protection, avoiding loose
clothing and jewelry, and using insulated wrenches.
After installing a controller and before operating the vehicle, carefully complete the following checkout
procedure. If you find a problem during the checkout, refer to the Curtis Controller Diagnostics section for
further information.
The installation checkout can be conducted with or without the handheld programmer. The checkout
procedure is easier with a programmer. Otherwise observe the status LED for codes (detergent system
indicator). The part number of the handheld programmer is 56409441.
168
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Warning! Put the vehicle up on blocks to get the drive wheel off the ground before beginning
these tests.
Turn the key switch off and make sure that the throttle is in neutral.
Do not stand, or allow anyone else to stand, directly in front of or behind the vehicle
during the tests.
1. Remove the electrical panel to access the controller then observe LED status light on the detergent
system indicator light. If a programmer is available, connect it to the programmer plug-in port.
2. Turn the key switch on. The programmer should “power up” with an initial display. If neither happens,
check for continuity in the key switch circuit and controller ground.
3. If you are using a programmer, put it into the diagnostic mode by pressing the DIAGNOSTICS key. The
display should indicate No Faults Found.
Note: Before pressing the DIAGNOSTICS key, wait until the model # screen appears. If the throttle is
activated prior to this screen appearing, the controller will shut down.
4. If there is a problem, the LED will flash a diagnostic code and the programmer will display a diagnostic
message. If you are conducting the checkout without a programmer, look up the LED diagnostic code in
the Status LED Fault Codes section.
5. When the problem has been corrected, it may be necessary to cycle the key switch to clear the fault code.
6. Move the drive pedal to operate the throttle. The motor should begin to turn in the selected direction.
If it does not, check the wiring to the controller and to the motor. The motor should run proportionally
faster with increasing throttle. If not, refer to the Status LED Fault Codes section.
7. If you are using a programmer, put it into the test mode by pressing the TEST key. Scroll down to
observe the status of the forward, reverse and brake switch.
8. Cycle each switch in turn, observing the programmer. Each input should show the correct state on the
programmer.
9. Take the vehicle off the blocks and drive it in an open area. It should have smooth acceleration and good
top speed.
169
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
Specifications
General Specifications
Component
Specifications
Type – 36 VDC, separately-excited (field and armature)
Power – 1.75 HP (continuous)
Gear Ratio – 32:1, double reduction
Drive Motor Assembly
Speed – 5.5 MPH
Wheel Load – 2000 lbs.
Lubrication – Mobiltemp 78 grease (in both cavities)
Wheel Drive Assembly Torque Specifications
Screw Size
Qty
Torque Value
5/16”-24
16
24-26 ft-lbs. [32-35 Nm]
1/4”-28
14
10 ft-lbs. [13 Nm]
A1 Speed Controller Pin Key Detail
Pin #
Wire Color
Controller Pin Description and Function
1
-
2
ORN/RED
Fault 1: Controller fault output to operator control panel detergent LED status display.
3
YEL/RED
Rev direction/Back-up alarm. Auxiliary Driver output: Battery (+) commands, turns off
solution, raises squeegee and sounds back-up alarm.
4
BLK/YEL
Main Contactor Driver: Battery (-) output to main contactor K7.
5
VIO/BLK
Throttle pot R1 Pot. High (+)
6
BRN/RED
Throttle pot R1 wiper input
7
WHT/BLK
Throttle pot R1 Pot. Low (-)
8
RED/WHT
Motion Auxiliary Driver: Battery (-) output signal to main controller (A2) to turn on
(activate) all auto scrub functions.
Open not used
9
BLK/WHT
10
-
Open not used
Mode Select 2 input: Battery (+) (reference Speed Control Table) closed
11
-
Open not used
12
-
Open not used
13
-
Open not used
14
BLU/BLK
15
GRN
Interlock: Seat switch (S2) input battery (+) to activate the main contactor driver pin 4
output to the K7 contactor. Note: With battery roll-out (option) the S3 interlock is wired
in series with S2 and must also be closed.
16
ORN
KSI (key switch input): Battery (+) output powers up controller logic circuits.
Mode Select 1 input: Battery (+) (reference Speed Control Table) closed
170
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Wheel System, Traction
A1 Speed Controller 16-Pin Connector Detail
Detail of A1 16-pin Connector
KEY SWITCH
INPUT (KSI)
MODE 1
SELECT
MODE 2
SELECT
INTERLOCK
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
THROTTLE
AUXILIARY
FAULT
MAIN
CONTROL CONTACTOR
MOTION
1
WIPER
DRIVER
DRIVER
POT HIGH
AUXILIARY
POT LOW
DIRECTION
DRIVER
Used (11 Pins)
Not Used (5 Pins)
Speed Control Table
Pin 9
Select 2
(A2 Input)
Pin 14
Select 1
(A2 Input)
Effect
Low – 0V
Low – 0V
Transport Mode (Mode #1)
High – 36V
Low – 0V
Scrub Mode (Mode #2)
Low – 0V
High – 36V
High
High
Traction Mode (Mode #3)
N/A
Special Tools
Curtis hand-held programmer, model 1311, part number 56409441
171
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
172
Appendix
Electrical Component Locations
Item
Description
A1������� Speed Control
A2������� Control Board Assembly
A3������� Switch/Display Panel Assembly
F1������� Circuit Breaker, 3 Amp (Control Circuit)
F2������� Circuit Breaker, 15 Amp (Auxiliary Circuit)
F3������� Circuit Breaker, 20 Amp (Side Brooms)
F4������� Fuse, 250 Amp
H1������ Backup Alarm (optional)
H2������ Strobe Light (optional)
H3������ Headlight (optional)
H4������ Horn
K1������� Contactor, Vacuum
K2������� Contactor, Right Brush (all models)
K3������� Contactor, Center Brush (45”/48” disk and all cyl.)
K4������� Contactor, Left Brush (45”/48” disk only)
K5������� Contactor, Auxiliary
K6������� Contactor, Side Brooms
K7������� Contactor, Main (Speed Controller)
L1������� Solenoid, Solution
M1������ Motor, Wheel Drive
M2������ Lift Actuator, Brush
M3������ Lift Actuator, Squeegee
M4������ Lift Actuator, Side Broom
M5������ Motor Assembly, Vac.
M6������ Motor Assembly, Vac. (optional)
M7������ Gearmotor Assembly, Side Broom
(cyl. models only)
M8������ Gearmotor Assembly, Side Broom
(cyl. models only).
M9������ Motor, Gearbox Ass'y (disk) or Motor, Brush (cyl.)
M10���� Motor, Gearbox Ass'y (disk) or Motor, Brush (cyl.)
M11���� Motor, Gearbox Ass'y (disk) or Motor, Brush (cyl.)
M12���� Pump, Solution Control (EcoFlex™)
M13���� Pump, Chemical Metering (EcoFlex™)
M14���� Fan Assembly
M15���� Pump, Accessory (optional)
M16���� Pump, Chemical Metering (EcoFlex™)
R1������� Potentiometer, 5K Ohm (Throttle)
R2������� Resistor Ass'y (Deck Type Selection)
S1������� Switch, Key
S2������� Switch, Seat
S3������� Switch, Battery Interlock (optional)*
S5������� Switch, Solution Empty
*Used with battery roll-out option.
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Appendix
173
DWG. NO.
Ladder Diagram, Rev. G
RED
1
A2
BLK
ORN
1
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
S2
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ORN/RED
YEL/RED
BLK/YEL
REV.
FOR.
M-
VIO/BLK
3
B-
MOTOR, TRACTION
POT. 5 OHM
BLK 4-A2
RED
2
CONTACT N.O.
H2
ORN
H1������ Backup Alarm (optional)
X6
1
RED/WHT
RED B+
RED
BLU/BLK
BLK/WHT
2
1
RED 4-A1
K7
F4������� Fuse, 250 Amp
K7
ORN
COIL, MAIN CONTACTOR
BLK
2
BLK
LAMP, FLASHING
(OPTIONAL)
S1
F1
RED
YEL/BRN B1
3
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 3 AMP
SWITCH, KEY
1
2
D1
ORN
ORN
DIODE
1
S2
2 GRA/ORN
1
S3
2
GRN
SWITCH, SEAT
SWITCH, BAT. INTERLOCK
(FOR ROLL OUT BATTERY)
H4������ Horn
GRN
ORN
K5
YEL/BRN
F2
RED
BLK/ORN
K5
1
GRN/BLU
2
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15 AMP
1
CONTACTOR, AUX.
VIO
2
CONTACTOR, AUX.
VIO
VIO
J1-5
J2-21
MOTION J1:11
DIRECTION J1-12
FAULT J1-4
MODE 2 J2-20
J1-15
MODE 1 J2-19
J1-8
J1-23
BLU
YEL/BLU
J1-19
CONTACTOR, RIGHT BRUSH
K3
VIO
WHT/VIO
WHT/BRN
GRA
+8V J1-22
B- J1-13
J1-16
CONTACTOR, CENTER BRUSH
K4
GRA/RED
A3
SWITCH/DISPLAY
PANEL
ASSEMBLY
J3:1
J3:2
GRN/BLU
BRN/BLU
CAN H J1-3
CAN L J1-2
VIO
K7������� Contactor, Main
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
J1-14
VIO
K6������� Contactor, Side Brooms
BLU/BLK
J1:10
J2-22
CONTACTOR, VACUUM
K2
K5������� Contactor, Auxiliary
ORN/RED
BLK/WHT
J2-14
VIO
K4������� Contactor, Left Brush (45” / 48” disk only)
RED/WHT
YEL/RED
J2-10
K1
K3������� Contactor, Center Brush (45”/48” disk and all cyl.)
J3:3
J3:4
J1-17
M2
CONTACTOR, LEFT BRUSH
K6
VIO
L1������� Solenoid, Solution
BRN/BLK
H4
VIO
1
BLU/RED
2
M2������ Lift Actuator, Brush
H1
M3������ Lift Actuator, Squeegee
-
RED/BLK
J2-6
J2-15
CONTACTOR, SIDE BROOMS
M1������ Motor, Wheel Drive
A2
J2:5
CONTROL BOARD
ASSEMBLY
J2-1
J1-20
ORN/BRN
+
WHT/GRN
BACK UP ALARM
(OPTIONAL)
BLU/WHT
VIO
+
BLU/ORN
-
M
PUMP, SOLUTION CONTROL
M6������ Motor Assembly, Vac (optional)
1
BLK/GRA
J1-18
M8������ Gearmotor Assembly (cyl. models only)
TAN/BRN
-
M
PUMP, CHEMICAL METERING
(OPTIONAL)
BLU/GRA
VIO/YEL
2
GRN/WHT
J1-7
J1-6
J1-1
1
ORN/BLK
GRN/GRA
ORN/WHT
J2-4
+5V J2-12
B- J2-13
J2-11
J2-2
J2-3
M13
+
RED
J1-21
J2-16
YEL/GRN
J4-1
J4-2
J4-4
GRA/WHT
BRN
ORN/BLU
PUMP, CHEMICAL METERING
+
1
M15
2 +
VIO
1
K1
1
BLU/GRN
2
2
A4
CHEMICAL
SENSING BOARD
RESISTOR, SCRUB DECK SENSING
1K OHM FOR 40" DISK
10K OHM FOR 40" CYL.
20K OHM FOR 45" & 48" DISK
40K OHM FOR 45" & 48" CYL.
(OPTIONAL)
BLK
-
M
H3
RED
BLK
G
PUMP, ACCESSORY
M14���� Fan Assembly
1
FAN, COOLING
ZENER TVS
VIO
M13���� Pump, Chemical Metering (EcoFlex™)
SIDE BROOM ACTUATOR
BLK
-
M
D2
M12���� Pump, Solution Control (EcoFlex™)
S5
M14
VIO
M11���� Motor, Gearbox Ass'y (disk) or Motor, Brush (cyl.)
BLK
J1-9
(OPTIONAL)
M10���� Motor, Gearbox Ass'y (disk) or Motor, Brush (cyl.)
M
BLU/GRN
2
(OPTIONAL)
LAMP, HEAD
1
2
1
CONTACTOR, VACUUM
2
BLK
ORN/BLU
M9������ Motor, Gearbox Ass'y (disk) or Motor, Brush (cyl.)
ORN/GRA
-
M
SQUEEGEE ACTUATOR
A4 NOT USED WITH ECOFLEX
M16
+
BLK
GRN/ORN
(OPTIONAL)
2
M
(CLOSES WHEN EMPTY)
SWITCH, SOLUTION EMPTY
R2
VALVE, SOLENOID
M7������ Gearmotor Assembly (cyl. models only)
RED
GRA/VIO
J2-17
L1
VIO
BRUSH ACTUATOR
M4
J2-7
J2-23
BLK
BLU/BRN
J2-9
J2-18
M
M3
HORN
M12
M5������ Motor Assembly, Vac
RED
YEL/GRA
J2-8
M4������ Lift Actuator, Side Broom
BLK
M5
M15���� Pump, Accessory (optional)
M
M16���� Pump, Chemical Metering (EcoFlex™)
BLU/GRN
MOTOR, VACUUM
2
BLK
1
M6
R1������� Potentiometer, 5K Ohm
M
MOTOR, VACUUM
F3
1
K6
2
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 20 A.
1
2
WHT/RED
WHT/RED
BLK
M
CONTACTOR, SIDE BROOMS
RED
BLK
MOTOR, SIDE BROOM
M8
WHT/RED
BLK
M
RED
BLK
MOTOR, SIDE BROOM
K2
RED
S5������� Switch, Solution Empty
1
2
WHT/ORN
(+ ON 40" DISK)
-
M9
M
(- ON 40" DISK)
BLK
+
BRN
RED
M7
S2������� Switch, Seat
*Used with battery roll-out option.
-
WHT/BLK
BRN/RED
R1
F3������� Circuit Breaker, 20 Amp (Side Brooms)
S3������� Switch, Battery Interlock (optional)*
+
GRN
S1
F2
M
A1
F2������� Circuit Breaker, 15 Amp (Auxiliary Circuit)
S1������� Switch, Key
-
A1
SPEED CONTROLLER
M1
F1
F1������� Circuit Breaker, 3 Amp (Control Circuit)
R2������� Resistor Ass'y
+
RED/BLK
WHT/YEL
A3������� Switch/Display Panel Assembly
K2������� Contactor, Right Brush (all models)
RED
2
FUSE, 250 A.
A2������� Control Board Assembly
K1������� Contactor, Vacuum
5
BLK
-
X1
X2
F4
A1������� Speed Control
H3������ Headlight (optional)
BT1
BATTERY, 36 Vdc
Description
H2������ Strobe Light (optional)
+
BLK
Item
RED
CONTACTOR, RIGHT BRUSH
M10
K3
RED
1
2
GRA/BLK
-
BLU/YEL
+
M
CONTACTOR, CENTER BRUSH
(LEFT MOTOR ON 2 MOTOR DECKS)
M11 MOTOR, CENTER BRUSH
K4
RED
1
MOTOR, RIGHT BRUSH
BLK
+
2
CONTACTOR, LEFT BRUSH
M
-
BLK
(ON 3 MOTOR DECKS)
MOTOR, LEFT BRUSH
ITEM
QTY.
U/M
NOTES UNLESS OTHERWISE
SPECIFIED
1. ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.
3. ALL DIMENSIONS APPLY AFTER
PLATING AND HEAT TREATING,
BUT BEFORE PAINTING.
4. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP
EDGES.
DIM. IN [ ] ARE MM.
UNITS IN [ ] ARE ISO METRIC
AS NOTED.
CODE
DRAWN
PART
1/2
CHECKED
PROJ ENG
APPROVED
3/1
APPROVED
APPROVED
OR
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Appendix
Wiring Diagram, Rev. I
174
M5
B
BLK 12-1
1
K1
CONTACTOR, VACUUM
X25
2
4
3
BLU/GRN 10-1
GRN/BLU 16-1
BLU 18-1
K5
YEL/BRN 18-2 4
M
A
BLU/GRN 12-2
VIO 18-2
VIO 18-3
RED 10-4
RED 6-1
WHT/ORN 8-1
1
2
B
B
BLK 12-2
BLK 12-2
BLK 12-1
BLU/GRN 12-2
BLU/GRN 12-1 2 2
BLU/GRN 10-2
SP7
SP8
3
YEL/BLU 18-1
1
BLK 10-9
BLK 10-9
BLU/GRN 10-2
4
L1
VALVE, SOLENOID
1
S5
RED 10-1
RED 6-1
RED 1-3
WHT/VIO 18-1
ORN 18-2
ORN 18-4
ORN 18-5
B
A
A
BLU/BRN 18-1
WHT/GRN 18-1
RED
M
B
1
B
B
A
A
VIO 18-7
VIO 18-8
VIO 18-9
VIO 18-10
GRA/VIO 18-1
GRN/ORN 18-1
RED 4-A1
BLK 4-A2
X3
7 8
SP1
GRA/RED 18-1
1
2
4 3
1
1
1
1
1
2 SP3
M11
+
X29
BLU/YEL 10-1
BLK 18-3
A
BLK 10-2
WHT/RED 18-1
B
X27
A RED
M1
F1
M7
M
BLK
B
RED/GRN 10-F1
(ON 3 MOTOR DECKS)
MOTOR, LEFT SIDE BROOM
F2
YEL/BLK 10-F2
A2
BLK 4-A2
1
MOTOR, CENTER BRUSH
(LEFT MOTOR ON 2 MOTOR DECKS)
R2
X40 X41
B
LAMP, FLASHINGA
(OPTIONAL)
A
M
-
BLK
(OPTIONAL)
PUMP, ACCESSORY
X56
A
X1
+
-
-
X57
A
B
X2
+
X54
A
D2
B
B
X55
A
B
B
A
(- FOR 40" DISK)
M
+
ORN/BLK 18-1
GRN/WHT 18-1
NOTE: WHEN BATTERY ROLL OUT OPTION
IS USED, X9 CONNECTS TO X10, AND X51 IS
NOT USED.
BLK 18-4
BLK 18-10
BLK 18-11
1
M8
SP10
RED
2 2
BLK 10-1
BRN 18-1
BLK 6-1
WHT/ORN 8-1
A B
M
M
A4 NOT USED WITH ECOFLEX
1
2
A B
VIO 18-10
SP2
1
2
VIO 18-12
VIO 18-13
VIO 18-15
2
2
-
PUMP, CHEMICAL METERING
(OPTIONAL)
X13
BLU/ORN 18-1 B
VIO 18-13
A
X14
B
M12
A +
M
-
PUMP, SOLUTION CONTROL
(OPTIONAL)
SP5
1
1
X50
POT. GROUND
2
2
2
R1
2
1
3
4
I
H3
MOTOR, RIGHT SIDE BROOM
LAMP, HEAD
-
PUMP, CHEMICAL METERING
(OPTIONAL)
M13
2
1
BLK
X30
M16
+
M
X28
MOTOR, RIGHT BRUSH
+
GRA/WHT 18-1
B
RED 1-3
SWITCH, BAT INTERLOCK
(OPTIONAL)
X10
4
3
BLK 18-11
VIO 18-15
A
X51
BLK 18-8 A
A
M9
F4
FUSE, 250 A.
A4
2
CHEMICAL
SENSING BOARD
(OPTIONAL)
J4
GRA/ORN 18-1
GRN 18-1
X9
B
A
1
RED 1-2
BLK 1-2
ZENER TVS
B
B
RESISTOR, SCRUB DECK SENSING
(+ FOR 40" DISK)
-
BT1
BATTERY, 36 Vdc
RED 1-1
+
BLK 1-1
M15
BLK 18-7
ORN 18-6
POT. 5K OHM
BLK 18-6
B
BLU/GRA 18-1
BLK/GRA 18-1
2
GRN/GRA 18-1
ORN/WHT 18-1
1
VIO 18-12
2
X11 X12
VIO/BLK 18-1
1
H2
WHT/BLK 18-1
ORN 18-7
BRN/RED 18-1
SP9
BLK 18-5
WHT/RED 18-2
2
2
GRA/ORN 18-1
2
SWITCH, SEAT
RED 4-A1
TRACTION MOTOR
GRN/YEL 18-1
S2
BLK 10-2
BLK 10-1
GRA/BLK 10-1
+
BLK 18-5
BLK 18-6
1
M
M
A1
M10
-
BLK 18-10
RED/BLK 18-1
GRN/YEL 18-1
YEL/GRA 18-1
A
TAN/BRN 18-1
ORN/GRA 18-1
B
A
ORN 18-5
B
ORN 18-7
ORN 18-6
X17 X18
BLK
M
ACTUATOR, BRUSH
2
YEL/RED 18-1
BLK/YEL 18-1
VIO/BLK 18-1
BRN/RED 18-1
WHT/BLK 18-1
RED/WHT 18-1
3
6
5
3
MOTOR, LEFT BRUSH
S3
(+)
RED 10-5
BLU/YEL 10-1
VIO 18-6
VIO 18-7
ACTUATOR, SIDE BROOM
M
4
2
X21 X22
BLK
-
1
ORN/RED 18-1
2
BLK/YEL 18-1
2
4
BLK 18-2
B
VIO/YEL 18-1 A
YEL/GRN 18-1
VIO 18-9
BLU/RED 18-1
VIO 18-8
BLK 10-8
ORN/BLU 18-1
BLK 10-4
M4
B
3
K4
CONTACTOR, LEFT BRUSH (+)
X42
X43
HORN
2
2
A
B
A
X16
2
A
1
SP4
ACTUATOR, SQUEEGEE
M2
1
CONTACTOR, MAIN
SWITCH, FLOAT
(SOLUTION TANK)
X15
B
BLK 10-8
BLU/GRN 10-1
H4
X19 X20
BLK
RED 10-4
RED 10-5
GRA/BLK 10-1
VIO 18-5
VIO 18-6
1
B A
1
M
X6
RED 4-1
2
2
M3
FAN, COOLING
3
GRN 18-2
X48
RED
A1
4
K7
K3
CONTACTOR, CENTER BRUSH (+)
B A
X49
2
-
M
K6
CONTACTOR, SIDE BROOMS
BRN/BLK 18-1
VIO 18-4
VIO 18-5
1
VIO 18-3
VIO 18-4
ORN 18-4
GRN 18-3
BLU/BLK 18-1
BLK/WHT 18-1
M14
2
+
4
RED/GRN 10-F1
BLK 18-2
BLK 18-3
BLK 18-4
1
MOTOR, VAC
K2
CONTACTOR, RIGHT BRUSH
1
YEL/BLK 10-F2
B-
2 2
M
2
2
BLK 4-1
X24 X26
M6
1
WHT/RED 18-1
WHT/RED 18-2
VIO/GRA 16-1
ORN/BRN 18-1
X52
GROUND
2
CONTACTOR, AUX.
BLK/ORN 18-1
+
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
A
-
BACK UP ALARM
(OPTIONAL)
BLK 6-1
BLK 10-4
2
2 +
1
3
BLU/WHT 18-1
1
GRN 18-3
GRN 18-1
1
1
2
X53
MOTOR, VAC
RED
1
B+
B
X23
H1
BLK 1-2
BLK 16-1
BLK 16-2
BLK 16-3
BLK 16-4
2
BLU/GRN 12-1
M-
1
A
BLK 18-7
BLK 18-9
A
VIO 18-14
VIO 16-2
VIO 16-1
VIO 18-2
GRN/YEL 18-2
RED 16-1
RED 16-2
RED 16-3
RED 10-1
S1
2
BLK 18-9
1
BLU/WHT 18-1 23
BLU 18-1
22
BLK/ORN 18-1 21
BLK/WHT 18-1 20
BLU/BLK 18-1 19
ORN/BRN 18-1 18
VIO/YEL 18-1 17
GRN/WHT 18-116
BRN/BLK 18-1 15
BLK 16-2
14
ORN/WHT 18-113
2
A2
CONTROL BOARD
J1
BLACK
J2
GRAY
VIO/GRA 16-1
1
F3
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 20 AMP
RED 16-3
2
RED 16-1
GRN/YEL 18-2
WHT/BRN 18-1
GRA 18-1
GRN/BLU 18-1
BRN/BLU 18-1
ORN 18-2
ORN 18-1
ORN 18-3
ORN 18-1
YEL/BRN 18-1
1
RED 16-2
2
YEL/BRN 18-1
YEL/BRN 18-2
1
DIODE
F2
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15 AMP
GRN/BLU 16-1
F1
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 3 AMP
D1
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
1 GROUND
X58
VIO 16-2
23
WHT/BRN 18-1 22
BLU/ORN 18-1 21
BLU/RED 18-1 20
YEL/BLU 18-1 19
YEL/GRN 18-1 18
GRA/RED 18-1 17
WHT/VIO 18-1 16
VIO 16-1
15
BLK 16-4
14
GRA 18-1
13
SWITCH, KEY
S2
1
2
12 YEL/RED 18-1
11 RED/WHT 18-1
10 BLK 16-3
9 ORN/GRA 18-1
8 ORN 18-3
7 BLK/GRA 18-1
6 TAN/BRN 18-1
5 GRN 18-2
4 ORN/RED 18-1
3 GRN/BLU 18-1
2 BRN/BLU 18-1
1 BLU/GRA 18-1
2
J3
4
3
3
VIO 18-14
A3
DISPLAY PANEL
S1
B1
12 GRN/GRA 18-1
11 GRA/WHT 18-1
10 BLK 16-1
9 BLU/BRN 18-1
8 GRA/VIO 18-1
7 GRN/ORN 18-1
6 RED/BLK 18-1
5 YEL/GRA 18-1
4 ORN/BLK 18-1
3 ORN/BLU 18-1
2 BRN 18-1
1 WHT/GRN 18-1
DWG. NO.
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Detergent (EcoFlex™) System
Plumbing Schematic
Item
Description
1�������� Solution Tank
2�������� Shutoff Valve
3�������� Inline Solution Filter
4�������� Solution Pump
5�������� Detergent Tank
6�������� Detergent Pump (2)
7�������� Drain Hose
8�������� Drain Plug
9�������� Solution Solenoid Valve
10������ Reducer Tee
11������ Y Barb, Fitting
12������ Solution Manifold (Disc Models)
13������ Tee
14������ Coupler Barb
Appendix
175
Service Manual – Condor™ EcoFlex™, BR 1100/1300 EcoFlex™
Appendix
Detergent (EcoFlex™) System Preparation and Purging
Preparations for Use
To Purge the Detergent System When Changing Detergents
1. Fill the detergent cartridge with a maximum of 1.25 gallons [4.75 Liters] of detergent.
1. Disconnect and remove the detergent tank.
Service Note: Remove the detergent cartridge from the machine prior to filling to avoid spilling
detergent on the machine.
It is recommended that a separate cartridge be used for each detergent you plan to use. The detergent
cartridges have a white decal on them so you can write the detergent name on each cartridge to avoid
mixing them up.
The system should be purged of previous detergent when switching to a different detergent. Move
machine over floor drain before purging because a significant amount of detergent will be dispensed in
the process.
2. Turn the key switch off.
3. Press and hold both the detergent and solution switches.
4. While holding the switches, turn the key switch on. The display will show the purge icon, the detergent
and solution pumps will run for 20 seconds, then the pumps will shut off.
5. When the purge cycle is complete, turn the key switch off.
6. Install and connect the new detergent tank.
2. Select the desired detergent ratio as follows:
a. Make sure the detergent system is switched off.
b. Press and hold the Detergent Switch for two seconds to enter the ratio programming mode. The
Detergent System Indicator will blink while in the programming mode.
c. Press the Detergent Switch to cycle through the 10 available detergent ratios.
d. When the desired ratio is displayed, stop pressing the Detergent Switch. After five seconds the
machine will lock in the displayed detergent ratio setting. (Also refer to the Solution System/
Maintenance and Adjustments/To Program the Detergent Ratio section.)
Purge
Icon
Note: The detergent cartridge may have a magnetic slider on one end. On EcoFlex™ machines the
magnetic slider has no effect on the detergent ratio and can be disregarded.
Solution
Switch
To Purge the Detergent System
1. Disconnect and remove the detergent tank.
2. Install and connect a tank filled with clean water.
3. Turn the key switch off.
4. Press and hold both the detergent and solution switches.
5. While holding the switches, turn the key switch on. The display will show the purge icon, the detergent
and solution pumps will run for 20 seconds, then the pumps will shut off.
6. When the purge cycle is complete, turn the key switch off. Normally one purge cycle is adequate to purge
the system.
Detergent
Switch
Key
Switch
176
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising